10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number 1-34435

 

 

EMDEON INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   20-5799664
(State or Other Jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)   Identification No.)

3055 Lebanon Pike, Suite 1000

Nashville, TN

  37214
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

(615) 932-3000

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ¨    No  x*

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

As of December 31, 2014, there were issued and outstanding 100 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share. The registrant is a wholly owned subsidiary of Beagle Intermediate Holdings, Inc., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Beagle Parent Corp.

 

* The registrant is a voluntary filer of certain reports required to be filed by companies under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and has filed all reports that would have been required to have been filed by the registrant during the preceding 12 months had it been subject to such filing requirements during the entirety of such period.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

EMDEON INC.

INDEX

 

         Page
Number
 
PART I   

Item 1.

 

Business

     1   

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

     10   

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

     28   

Item 2.

 

Properties

     28   

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

     28   

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

     28   
PART II   

Item 5.

 

Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     28   

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

     29   

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     30   

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     49   

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     49   

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     49   

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

     49   

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

     50   
PART III   

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     51   

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

     54   

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     68   

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     70   

Item 14.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     74   
PART IV   

Item 15.    

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     75   

Signatures

  


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Annual Report”) of Emdeon Inc. (“Emdeon” or the “Company”) includes certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws regarding, among other things, our or our management’s intentions, plans, beliefs, expectations or predictions of future events. These statements often include words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate” or similar expressions. Forward-looking statements also may include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our revenues, profitability and outlook and our overall business strategy. These statements are subject to numerous uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, readers should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements.

Other factors that may cause actual results to differ materially include those set forth in the risks discussed in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and Part II, Item 7,“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this Annual Report.

All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements. Readers should keep in mind that any forward-looking statement made by us in this Annual Report, or elsewhere, speaks only as of the date on which made. We caution against any undue reliance on these statements and expressly disclaim any intent, obligation or undertaking to update or revise any forward-looking statements made herein to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statements are based.

Unless stated otherwise or the context otherwise requires, references in this Annual Report to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Emdeon” and the “Company” refer to Emdeon Inc. and its subsidiaries.

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading provider of revenue and payment cycle management and clinical information exchange solutions connecting payers, providers, pharmacies and patients in the United States healthcare system. Our solutions integrate and automate key business and administrative functions of our payer, provider and pharmacy customers throughout the patient encounter. These solutions include pre-care patient eligibility and benefits verification and enrollment, clinical information exchange, consumer engagement, claims management and adjudication, payment integrity, payment distribution, payment posting and denial management and patient billing and payment processing.

Through the use of our comprehensive suite of solutions, customers are able to improve efficiency, reduce costs, increase cash flow and more efficiently manage the complex revenue and payment cycle and clinical information exchange processes. Our solutions are delivered primarily through recurring, transaction-based processes that are designed to leverage our health information network, the single largest financial and administrative information exchange in the United States healthcare system. Our health information network currently reaches approximately 1,200 payers, 700,000 providers, 5,000 hospitals, 105,000 dentists, 60,000 pharmacies and 450 labs.

In 2014, we processed a total of approximately 8.1 billion healthcare-related transactions. We have developed our network of payers and providers over 30 years and connect to virtually all private and government payers, claim-submitting providers and pharmacies. Our network and related solutions are designed to integrate with our customers’ existing technology infrastructures and administrative workflow and typically require minimal capital expenditure on the part of the customer, while generating significant savings and operating efficiencies.

Organizational Structure and Corporate History

The Company is a Delaware corporation.

On November 2, 2011, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) among Emdeon, Beagle Parent Corp. (“Parent”) and Beagle Acquisition Corp. (“Merger Sub”), Merger Sub merged with and into Emdeon, with Emdeon surviving the merger (the “Merger”). Subsequent to the Merger, we became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, which is controlled by The Blackstone Group L.P. (“Blackstone”), Hellman & Friedman LLC (“Hellman & Friedman”) and certain investment

 

1


Table of Contents

funds affiliated with Blackstone and Hellman & Friedman (collectively, the “Investor Group”). The Merger was financed through a combination of cash and the incurrence of indebtedness, including a senior secured term loan credit facility (as amended, the “Term Loan Facility”) and a senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”; and collectively with the Term Loan Facility, the “Senior Credit Facilities”), as well as $375.0 million in 11% senior notes due 2019 (the “2019 Notes”) and $375.0 million in 11.25% senior notes due 2020 (the “2020 Notes”, and collectively with the 2019 Notes, the “Senior Notes”).

In 2012, the outstanding unregistered Senior Notes were exchanged in a registered offering with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for substantially identical Senior Notes that are freely tradable.

Our Solutions

During 2014, we delivered our solutions and operated our business in three reportable segments: (i) payer services, which provides solutions primarily to commercial insurance companies, third party administrators and governmental payers; (ii) provider services, which provides solutions primarily to hospitals, physician practices, laboratories and other healthcare providers; and (iii) pharmacy services, which provides solutions to pharmacies, pharmacy benefit management companies, government agencies and other payers. The selected financial information for each segment is provided in Note 19 in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Part IV, Item 15, beginning on Page F-1 of this Annual Report.

Through the payer services segment, we provide payment cycle solutions that help simplify the administration of healthcare. Our payer services offerings include insurance eligibility and benefits verification, claims management, payment integrity and payment distribution. Additionally, we provide patient billing and payment services and consulting services through the payer services segment.

Through the provider services segment, we provide revenue cycle management solutions, both directly and through our channel partners, that help simplify providers’ revenue cycle and workflow, reduce related costs and improve cash flow. Our provider services offerings include revenue cycle management solutions, government program eligibility and enrollment services and revenue optimization solutions.

Through the pharmacy services segment, we provide electronic prescribing and other electronic solutions to pharmacies, pharmacy benefit management companies and government agencies related to prescription benefit claim filing, adjudication and management.

We also have three other operating segments, one of which provides revenue cycle management solutions through channel partners; one of which provides revenue cycle solutions, either directly or through channel partners, to dental practices; and one of which provides consumer engagement and transparency solutions that enable consumers to make informed healthcare purchasing decisions based on quality, cost and convenience and, in turn, helps payers control their healthcare costs.

We have reorganized our reportable segments to align with our solution and service offerings effective January 1, 2015.

 

2


Table of Contents

Payer Services Solutions

Pre-Care and Claims Management

Our pre-care solutions interface with the payer’s systems, allowing providers to process insurance eligibility and benefits verification tasks prior to the delivery of care without the need for live payer/provider interaction. Our claims management solutions include electronic data interchange (“EDI”), paper-to-EDI conversion of insurance claims through high-volume imaging, batch and real-time healthcare transaction information exchanges and intelligent routing between payers and other business partners. We also perform payer-specific edits of claims for proper format, including standards in accordance with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), before submission to minimize manual processes associated with pending claims. Our healthcare payment integrity and fraud, waste and abuse management services combine sophisticated data analytics solutions and technology with an experienced team of investigators to help identify potential financial risks earlier in the revenue and payment cycle, prevent payment of fraudulent and improper claims and identify overpayments, creating efficiencies and cost savings for payers.

Payment Distribution

Our payment and remittance distribution solutions facilitate the paper and electronic distribution of payments and payment related information by payers to providers, including explanation of benefits (“EOB”) to patients. Because of the breadth and scale of our connectivity to both payers and providers, payer customers can realize significant print and operational cost savings through the use of either electronic payment and remittance solutions or high-volume “co-operative” print and mail solutions to reduce postage and material costs. In addition, we offer electronic solutions that integrate with our print and mail platform to facilitate the conversion to electronic payment and remittance. We expect to see further transition from paper based processes to electronic processes over time because of the substantial cost savings available to payers by adopting electronic payment, remittance advice and EOB distribution.

Patient Billing and Payment

Our patient billing and payment solutions provide an efficient means for providers to bill their patients for outstanding balances due, including outsourced print and mail services for patient statements and other communications, as well as electronic updates to patients and online bill presentment and payment functionalities. We believe our solutions are more timely, cost-effective and consistent than in-house print and mail operations and improve patient collections. In addition, we offer providers digital delivery, which enables providers to securely send communications electronically to a patient. Our patient payment lockbox allows providers to efficiently process patients’ paper payments, reconcile them to the original bill and automatically post these payments. Our eCashiering and merchant services solutions allow providers to collect payments from patients at the point-of-service or online.

Consulting Services

Our consulting services solutions assist healthcare clients analyze, develop and implement business and technology strategies designed to align with healthcare trends and overall business goals. Our consultants combine extensive health industry knowledge with practical experience that can help solve many industry challenges, such as limited time and resources, disparate and out-of-date systems, antiquated processes and diverse perspectives, to assist clients with analysis, selection, procurement and implementation services in deploying healthcare information technology solutions quickly and cost-effectively.

Provider Services Solutions

Pre-Care/Medical Treatment

Our patient eligibility and verification solutions assist our provider customers in determining a patient’s current health benefits levels. Our eligibility and verification offerings also integrate other information to help determine a patient’s ability to pay, as well as the likelihood of public assistance and charity care reimbursement. These solutions help mitigate a provider’s exposure to bad debt expense by providing clarity into a patient’s insurance coverage, ultimate out-of-pocket responsibility and ability to pay.

We also offer technology-enabled government program eligibility and enrollment services to uninsured and underinsured populations to assist our provider customers in lowering their incidence of uncompensated care and bad-debt expense and increasing overall cash flow.

 

3


Table of Contents

As part of the medical treatment process, providers use our clinical information exchange capabilities to order and access lab reports and for electronic prescribing.

Claims Management

Our claims management solutions are delivered to providers via our web-based direct solutions or through our network of channel partners. In either case, our claims management solutions leverage our industry leading payer connectivity to deliver consistent and reliable access to virtually every payer in the United States. Our solutions streamline reimbursement by providing (i) tools to improve provider workflow, edit claims prior to submission and identify errors that delay reimbursement and (ii) robust reporting to providers in order to track claims throughout their life-cycle and reduce claim rejections and denials.

Payment Posting/Denial Management

Our payment automation solutions allow providers to automate the entire payment process. On behalf of our provider customers, we accept paper payments from both third party payers and patients and convert them into automated workflows which are reconciled and posted. Our web-based solutions allow providers to analyze remittance advice or payment data and reconcile it with the originally submitted claim to determine whether proper reimbursement has been received. These solutions also (i) allow providers to identify underpayments, efficiently appeal denials and resubmit claims in a timely manner, (ii) provide insight into patterns of denials and (iii) enable the establishment of procedures that can reduce the number of inaccurate claims submitted in the future. Our payment posting solution automates the labor intensive, paper-based payment reconciliation and manual posting process, which we believe saves providers time and improves accuracy.

We also provide technology solutions and professional services that enable providers to transform previously written-off government and commercial payer underpayments into realized revenue. Our provider revenue optimization services not only help to identify the root cause, but also help to collect and prevent underpayments from happening with audit and recovery services, accounts receivable management, denial and appeals services and performance improvement and prevention.

Pharmacy Services Solutions

Prescription Benefits Administration (Payers)

Our prescription solutions provide claims processing and other administrative services for pharmacy payers and state Medicaid programs that are conducted online, in real-time, according to client benefit plan designs and present a cost-effective alternative to an in-house pharmacy claims adjudication system. These offerings also allow payers to directly manage more of their pharmacy benefits and include pharmacy claims adjudication, network and payer administration, client call center service and support, reporting, rebate management, as well as implementation, training and account management.

Claims Management and Adjudication (Providers)

Our pharmacy claims, revenue management and electronic prescribing solutions provide pharmacies and providers with integrated tools for managing efficiency and profitability through claims management, business intelligence and network infrastructure. We believe our pharmacy provider solutions improve pharmacy workflow and customer service, increase operational efficiency and patient safety and help build pharmacy revenue and customer loyalty.

Payment Posting and Denial Management (Providers)

Our payment posting and denial management solutions offer pharmacies efficient ways to monitor and track remittance and third party payment information, as well as Medicaid and Medicare claim denials, which we believe allows our pharmacy customers to improve their collections.

All Other

All Other consists of three operating segments, one of which provides revenue cycle management solutions through channel partners; one of which provides revenue cycle solutions, either directly or through channel partners, to dental practices; and one of which provides consumer engagement and transparency solutions that enable consumers to make informed healthcare purchasing decisions based on quality, cost and convenience and, in turn, helps payers control their healthcare costs.

 

4


Table of Contents

Customers

We generally provide solutions to our payer, provider and pharmacy customers on either a per transaction, per document, per communication, per member per month, monthly flat-fee, contingent fee or hourly basis. Our contracts with our payer, provider and pharmacy customers are generally one to three years in term and automatically renew for successive annual terms unless terminated. We also have entered into management services agreements with more than 480 of our payer customers under which we provide comprehensive services for certain eligibility and benefits verification and/or claims management services. These comprehensive management services agreements generally have terms of three years and renew automatically for successive annual terms unless terminated.

Payer Services

The payer market is comprised of more than 1,200 payers across four main payer types: Medicare/Medicaid, Blue Cross Blue Shield, fiscal intermediaries and private insurance companies. We are directly connected and provide services to virtually all payers offering electronic transaction connectivity services. We also serve the payer market with payment and remittance distribution, payment integrity, patient billing and payment services and consulting services solutions. For the year ended December 31, 2014, our top ten payer customers represented approximately 15% of our total revenues and no payer customer accounted for more than 4% of our total revenues.

Provider Services

The provider market is comprised of hospitals, physician practices, laboratories and other healthcare providers. We currently have contractual or submitter relationships, directly or through channel partners, with approximately 700,000 physicians, 2,700 hospitals, 105,000 dentists and 450 labs. For the year ended December 31, 2014, our top ten provider customers represented approximately 9% of our total revenues and no provider customer accounted for more than 2% of our total revenues.

Pharmacy Services

The pharmacy market is comprised of more than 60,000 chains and independent pharmacies, as well as prescription benefits solutions marketed directly to payers. We are connected and provide services to virtually all pharmacies utilizing electronic transaction connectivity services. For the year ended December 31, 2014, no pharmacy services customer accounted for more than 2% of our total revenues.

Marketing and Sales

Marketing activities for our solutions include direct sales, targeted direct marketing, advertising, tradeshow exhibits and events, customer workshops, web-based marketing activities, e-newsletters and conference sponsorships. We have a dedicated sales force that supports each of our payer, provider and pharmacy services segments. We also deliver certain of our solutions through over 600 channel partner relationships. Our channel partners include physician and dental practice management system and electronic medical record vendors, hospital information system vendors, pharmacy system vendors and other vendors that provide software and services to providers and payers. We integrate our solutions into these channel partners’ software solutions for distribution to their provider customers.

Our Technology

Our technology platforms employ a standard enterprise services bus in a service-oriented architecture, configured for 24/7 operations. We operate two secure, interconnected, environmentally-controlled primary data centers, one in Nashville, Tennessee and one in Memphis, Tennessee, each with emergency power generation capabilities. We also utilize several satellite data centers including cloud platforms and plan to further consolidate our data centers over time. Our software development life cycle methodology requires that all applications are able to run in both of our primary data centers. We use a variety of proprietary and licensed standards-based technologies to implement our platforms, including those which provide for orchestration, interoperability and process control. The platforms also integrate a data infrastructure to support both transaction processing and data warehousing for operational support and data analytics.

 

5


Table of Contents

Our Industry

Healthcare expenditures are a significant component of the United States economy, representing approximately $2.9 trillion in 2013, or 17.4% of GDP, and are expected to grow at 6.2% per year to $4.7 trillion, or approximately 19.9% of GDP, in 2021. The cost of healthcare administration in the United States is approximately $360 billion per year, or 14% of total healthcare expenditures, and approximately one half of these costs was spent by payers and providers on billing and insurance-related activities. In addition, industry estimates indicate that between $68 billion and $226 billion in healthcare costs are attributable to fraud, waste and abuse each year. The growing need to slow the rise in healthcare expenditures, increased financial pressures on payers and providers and public policy initiatives to reduce healthcare administrative inefficiencies should accelerate demand for solutions that simplify the business of healthcare.

Payer and Provider Landscape

Healthcare is generally provided through a fragmented industry of providers that have, in many cases, historically underinvested in administrative and clinical information systems. Within this universe of providers, there are currently over 5,700 hospitals and over 560,000 office-based doctors. Approximately 73% of the office-based doctors are in small physician practices consisting of six or fewer physicians and have fewer resources to devote to administrative and financial matters compared to larger practices. In addition, providers may maintain relationships with 50 or more individual payers, many of which have customized claim requirements and reimbursement procedures. The administrative portion of healthcare costs for providers is expected to continue to expand due in part to the increasing complexity in the reimbursement process and the greater administrative burdens being placed on providers for reporting and documentation relating to the care they provide. These complexities and other factors are compounded by the fact that many providers lack the technological infrastructure and human resources to bill, collect and obtain full reimbursement for their services, and instead rely on inefficient, labor-intensive processes to perform these functions. These manual and paper-based processes are more prone to human error and administrative inefficiencies, often resulting in increased costs and uncompensated care. As a result, providers are expected to continue to seek solutions that automate and simplify the administrative and clinical processes of healthcare.

Administrative burdens on providers also are being impacted by the introduction of increasingly complex rules by government payers to align payments with the appropriate care provided, including the expansion of Medicare diagnosis-related group codes such as ICD-10 and the implementation of the Recovery Audit Contractor, or “RAC”, program and similar pre- and post-payment review programs. These additional governmental requirements have increased administrative burdens on providers by requiring more detailed classification of patients and care provided in order to receive and retain associated Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement. Further, because we believe there is an increasing number of drug prescriptions authorized by providers and an industry-wide shortage of pharmacists, pharmacists must increasingly be able to efficiently process transactions in order to maximize their productivity and better control prescription drug costs.

Increases in patient financial responsibility for healthcare expenses have put additional pressure on providers to collect payments from the patient at the point of care since more than half of every one percent increase in patient self-pay becomes bad debt. Several market trends have contributed to this growing bad debt problem, including the shift towards high-deductible health plans (“HDHPs”) and consumer-oriented plans (which grew to 17.4 million in January 2014, up from 6.1 million in January 2008), higher deductibles and co-payments for privately insured individuals and the continued ranks of the uninsured. Although the number of uninsured is decreasing in part due to the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (“ACA”), 42 million remained uninsured in 2014, according to Congressional Budget Office estimates released in April 2014.

Payers also are continually exploring new ways to increase administrative efficiencies to drive greater profitability and mitigate the impact of decelerating premium increases, increased governmental requirements and mandated cuts in federal funding to programs such as Medicare Advantage. Payment for healthcare services generally occurs through complex and frequently changing reimbursement mechanisms involving multiple parties. The proliferation of private-payer benefit plan designs and government mandates, such as HIPAA format and data content standards, continue to increase the complexity of the reimbursement process. For example, preferred provider organizations, health maintenance organizations, point of service plans and HDHPs now cover virtually all of employer-sponsored health insurance beneficiaries and are more complex than traditional indemnity plans. Despite significant consolidation among private payers in recent years, claims systems often have not been sufficiently integrated, resulting in persistently high costs associated with administering these plans.

 

6


Table of Contents

The Revenue and Payment Cycle

The healthcare revenue and payment cycle consists of all the processes and efforts that providers undertake to ensure they are compensated properly by payers and patients for the medical services rendered to patients. For payers, the payment cycle includes all the processes necessary to facilitate provider compensation and use of medical services by members. These processes begin with the collection of relevant eligibility, financial and demographic information about the patient and co-pay amounts before care is provided and end with the collection of payment from payers and patients. Providers are required to send invoices, or claims, to a large number of different payers, including government agencies, managed care companies and private individuals in order to be reimbursed for the care they provide.

Major steps in this process include:

 

    Pre-Care/Medical Treatment: The provider verifies insurance benefits available to the patient, ensures treatment will adhere to medical necessity guidelines and confirms patient personal financial and demographic information. For certain uninsured or underinsured populations, providers also may assist their patients with enrollment in government, charity and community benefit programs for which they may be eligible. Furthermore, in order to receive reimbursement for the care they provide, providers are often required by payers to obtain pre-authorizations before patient procedures or in advance of referring patients to specialists for care. Co-pay and other self-pay amounts are also collected. The provider then treats the patient and documents procedures conducted and resources used.

 

    Claims Management/Adjudication: The provider prepares and submits paper or electronic claims to a payer for services rendered directly or through a clearinghouse. Before submission, claims are validated for payer-specific rules and corrected as necessary. The payer verifies accuracy, completeness and appropriateness of the claim and calculates payment based on the patient’s health plan design, out of pocket payments relative to established deductibles and the existing contract between the payer and provider.

 

    Payment Distribution: The payer sends a payment and a payment explanation (i.e., remittance advice) to the provider and sends an EOB to the patient.

 

    Payment Posting/Denial Management: The provider posts payments internally, reconciles payments with accounts receivable and submits any claims to secondary insurers if secondary coverage exists. The provider is responsible for evaluating denial/underpayment of a claim and re-submitting it to the payer if appropriate.

 

    Patient Billing and Payment: The provider sends a bill to the patient for any remaining balance and posts payments received.

Competition

We compete on the basis of the size and reach of our network, our ability to offer a single-vendor solution, the breadth and functionality of solutions we offer and develop and our pricing models. While we do not believe any single competitor offers a similarly expansive suite of solutions, our solutions compete with:

 

    Healthcare transaction processing companies, including those providing EDI and/or internet based services and those providing services through other means, such as paper and fax;

 

    Healthcare information system vendors that support providers and payers and their revenue and payment cycle management and clinical information exchange processes, including physician and dental practice management, hospital information and electronic medical record system vendors;

 

    Large information technology and healthcare consulting service providers;

 

    Health insurance companies, pharmacy benefit management companies, hospital management companies and pharmacies that provide or are developing electronic transaction and payment distribution services for use by providers and/or by their members and customers;

 

    Print and mail vendors;

 

7


Table of Contents
    Financial institutions and payment processors that have invested in healthcare data management assets;

 

    Government program eligibility and enrollment services companies;

 

    Payment integrity companies; and

 

    Consumer engagement and transparency companies.

We also compete in some cases with certain of our customers that provide internally some of the same solutions we offer, as well as alliances formed by our competitors. In addition, certain major software, hardware, information systems and business process outsourcing companies, both with and without healthcare companies as their partners, offer or have announced their intention to offer competitive products or services. Major competitors for our solutions include McKesson (RelayHealth) and UnitedHealth Group (Optum), as well as other smaller competitors that typically compete in one or more product and/or service categories.

Recent Industry Trends and Developments

Substantially all of our business is directly or indirectly related to the healthcare industry and is affected by changes in the healthcare industry, including regulatory changes and fluctuations in healthcare spending. The healthcare industry is highly regulated at the federal and state levels and subject to changing political, legislative, regulatory and other influences. Although many regulatory and governmental requirements do not directly apply to our operations, these requirements affect the business of our payer, provider and pharmacy customers and the demand for our solutions. We also may be impacted by non-healthcare laws, requirements and industry standards as a result of some of our solutions. For example, laws, regulations and industry standards regulating the banking and financial services industry may impact our operations as a result of the electronic payment and remittance services we offer directly or through third party vendors. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties affecting our business related to compliance with federal, state and other laws and regulations and other requirements, see Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report.

ACA

ACA significantly affects the regulatory environment in which we and our customers operate by changing how healthcare services are covered, delivered and reimbursed through expanded coverage of uninsured individuals, reduced federal healthcare program spending, increased efforts to link federal healthcare program payments to quality and efficiency and insurance market reforms. For example, ACA expands coverage through changes in Medicaid and private sector health insurance and other reforms, including the “individual mandate,” under which individuals generally must obtain insurance coverage or pay a penalty. The ACA employer mandate imposes fines on employers with 50 or more full-time employees that do not offer employees health insurance. However, implementation of the employer mandate was delayed for most employers until January 1, 2015 and will not be fully implemented for all employers until January 1, 2016. In addition, states may choose not to implement the ACA Medicaid expansion and the number of states that will ultimately participate and under what terms is not clear. The full impact of ACA, including its impact on our government eligibility and enrollment services offerings, is difficult to predict due to uncertainty regarding how many states will ultimately implement the Medicaid expansion, as well as the law’s complexity, lack of implementing regulations for all of the law’s provisions, limited interpretive guidance, remaining or new court challenges, implementation issues and the possibility of further delays, amendment or repeal. For example, during the 2015 session the U.S. Supreme Court will decide a case known as King v. Burwell, which challenges the extension of federal subsidies to premiums for health insurance policies purchased through health insurance exchanges operated by the federal government. If the plaintiffs prevail, the ruling could significantly affect implementation of ACA, including making it more difficult for residents of states not operating an exchange to purchase or maintain insurance coverage.

Adoption of Healthcare Information Systems

We believe recent federal initiatives to control the rising cost of healthcare through the elimination of administrative and clinical inefficiencies will increase payer and provider adoption of healthcare information systems and increase the demand for our revenue and payment cycle and information exchange solutions. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) included federal subsidies that began in 2011 for eligible hospitals and eligible professionals that adopt and meaningfully use certified electronic health record (“EHR”) technology, and through December 2014, approximately $26 billion in payments have been distributed. The “meaningful use” standard requires providers to successfully capture and exchange electronic clinical healthcare information, such as electronic prescriptions and lab orders. Beginning in 2015, eligible hospitals and eligible professionals who fail to attest to the meaningful use of EHR technology will face reductions in Medicare payments. In addition to initiatives supporting the meaningful use of EHR technology, federal law also provides for an electronic prescribing incentive program that uses a combination of Medicare incentive payments and payment adjustments to encourage electronic prescribing by eligible professionals. The goal of these initiatives is, in part, to establish the capability to electronically move clinical information among disparate healthcare information systems to help improve patient outcomes.

 

8


Table of Contents

Moreover, the integration of EHR technology with computerized physician order entry applications, such as electronic prescribing, may promote greater use of electronic transactions. Industry estimates indicate that only half of all prescriptions are currently transmitted electronically. As a result, we believe that increasing provider adoption of electronic prescribing will continue to make it one of the fastest growing transaction types in our industry.

Implementation of Electronic Standardized Transactions

A key component of recent healthcare reform initiatives is a focus on reducing inefficiency and increasing quality of care through administrative simplification and the adoption of electronic commerce in the healthcare industry. HIPAA and its implementing regulations mandate provider and plan identifier standards and format and data content for certain electronic healthcare transactions, including claims, enrollment, payment and eligibility inquiries. In addition, ACA requires the adoption of additional standardized electronic transactions and provides for the creation of operating rules to promote uniformity in the implementation of each standardized electronic transaction. Many of our solutions are designed to assist our customers in complying with these requirements.

Industry sources estimate that the implementation of electronic processing, including electronic processing of claims submissions, eligibility inquiries and requests, claims status requests, payment and remittance transactions, as well as taking other steps to streamline administrative processes, could provide approximately $40 billion annually in administrative cost savings. Payers and providers who are unable to exchange data in the required standard formats can achieve transaction standards compliance by contracting with a clearinghouse like us to translate between standard and non-standard formats. Under ACA, payers and service contractors of payers, including, in some cases, us, are required to certify compliance with these transaction standards to the United States Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”). The compliance date for the certification requirement depends on the type of transaction, beginning with the earliest certification date of December 31, 2015. Our solutions have allowed numerous payers and providers to establish compliance with the transaction standards independently and at different times, reducing transition costs and risks. We continue to work with payers and providers, healthcare information system vendors and other healthcare constituents to implement fully the transaction standards.

False or Fraudulent Claim Laws

Numerous state and federal laws govern various substantive aspects of the healthcare claims submission process for reimbursement and the receipt of payments for healthcare items or services. These laws generally prohibit an individual or entity from knowingly presenting or causing to be presented claims for payment to Medicare, Medicaid, other federally funded plans or programs or other third party payers that are false or fraudulent. False or fraudulent claims include, but are not limited to, billing for services not rendered, failing to refund known overpayments, misrepresenting actual services rendered in order to obtain higher reimbursement and improper coding and billing for medically unnecessary goods and services. The application of these provisions is very broad and the federal False Claims Act (“FCA”) and state false claims laws provide for significant civil and criminal penalties. In addition, the FCA and some state false claims laws can be enforced by private individuals through “whistleblower” or qui tam actions on behalf of the government. To avoid liability, providers and their contractors must, among other things, carefully and accurately code and submit claims for reimbursement.

Industry estimates indicate that between $68 billion and $226 billion in healthcare costs are attributable to fraud, waste and abuse each year. We believe our historical claims data, combined with our healthcare payment integrity services, positions us to benefit from government proposals to promote cost effective healthcare and reduce fraud, waste and abuse and our customers’ initiatives designed to promote the detection and prevention of improper or fraudulent healthcare payments.

 

9


Table of Contents

Reductions in Government Healthcare Spending

In recent years, legislative and regulatory changes have limited, and in some cases reduced, the levels of payment that our customers receive for various services under the Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. In some cases, commercial payers base their payment rates on Medicare policy, and therefore, adjustments that negatively impact Medicare payments also may negatively impact payments received by healthcare providers from other payers. ACA provides for significant federal healthcare program spending reductions through 2019, including reductions in Medicare payments to most healthcare providers and Medicare Advantage plans. In addition to reductions required by ACA, the Budget Control Act of 2011 (the “BCA”) requires automatic spending reductions of $1.2 trillion for federal fiscal years 2013 through 2021, minus any deficit reductions enacted by Congress and debt service costs. The reductions have been extended through 2024. Under the BCA, the percentage reduction for Medicare may not be more than 2% for a fiscal year, with a uniform percentage reduction across all Medicare programs. The Medicaid program, however, is not included in the reductions. The President and Congress continue to consider deficit reduction measures and other changes to government healthcare programs that could adversely affect our customers and, as a result, our Company.

Our Intellectual Property

We rely upon a combination of trade secret, copyright and trademark laws, patents, license agreements, confidentiality procedures, nondisclosure agreements and technical measures to protect the intellectual property used in our business. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, vendors and customers. We also seek to control access to and distribution of our technology, documentation and other proprietary information.

We use numerous trademarks, trade names and service marks for our solutions. We also rely on a variety of intellectual property rights that we license from third parties. Although we believe that alternative technologies are generally available to replace such licensed intellectual property, these third party technologies may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms.

We also have several patents and patent applications covering solutions we provide, including software applications. Due to the nature of our applications, we believe that patent protection is less significant than our ability to further develop, enhance and modify our current solutions.

The steps we have taken to protect our trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, patents and other intellectual property may not be adequate, and third parties could infringe, misappropriate or misuse our intellectual property. If this were to occur, it could harm our reputation and adversely affect our competitive position or results of operations.

Our Employees

As of March 1, 2015, we had approximately 4,100 employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Overview

You should consider carefully the specific risks and uncertainties described below, and all information contained in this Annual Report, in evaluating our Company and our business. The occurrence of any of the following risks or uncertainties described below could significantly and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

Risks Related to our Business

We face significant competition for our solutions.

The markets for our various solutions are intensely competitive, continually evolving and, in some cases, subject to rapid technological change. We face competition from many healthcare information systems companies and other technology companies within segments of the healthcare information technology and services markets. We also compete with certain of our customers that provide internally some of the same solutions that we offer. Our key competitors include: (i) healthcare transaction processing companies, including those providing EDI and/or internet-based services and those providing services through other means, such as paper and fax; (ii) healthcare information system vendors that support providers and payers and their revenue and payment cycle management and clinical information exchange processes, including physician and dental practice management, hospital information

 

10


Table of Contents

and electronic medical record system vendors; (iii) large information technology and healthcare consulting service providers; (iv) health insurance companies, pharmacy benefit management companies, hospital management companies and pharmacies that provide or are developing electronic transaction and payment distribution services for use by providers and/or by their members and customers; (v) print and mail vendors; (vi) financial institutions and payment processors that have invested in healthcare data management assets; (vii) government program eligibility and enrollment services companies; (viii) payment integrity companies; and (ix) consumer engagement and transparency companies. In addition, major software, hardware, information systems and business process outsourcing companies, both with and without healthcare companies as their partners, offer or have announced their intention to offer products or services that are competitive with solutions that we offer.

Within certain of the markets in which we operate, we face competition from entities that are significantly larger and have greater financial resources than we do and have established reputations for success. Other companies have targeted these markets for growth, including by developing new technologies utilizing internet-based systems. We may not be able to compete successfully with these companies and these or other competitors may commercialize products, services or technologies that render our products, services or technologies obsolete or less marketable.

Some of our customers compete with us and some, instead of using a third party provider, perform internally some of the same services that we offer.

Some of our existing customers compete with us or may plan to do so or belong to alliances that compete with us or plan to do so, either with respect to the same solutions we provide to them or with respect to some of our other lines of business. For example, some of our payer customers currently offer — through affiliated clearinghouses, web portals and other means — electronic data transmission services to providers that allow the provider to bypass third party EDI service providers such as us, and additional payers may do so in the future. The ability of payers to replicate our solutions may adversely affect the terms and conditions we are able to negotiate in our agreements with them and our transaction volume with them, which directly relates to our revenues. We may not be able to maintain our existing relationships for connectivity services with payers or develop new relationships on satisfactory terms, if at all. In addition, some of our solutions allow payers and providers to outsource business processes that they have been or could be performing internally and, in order for us to be able to compete, use of our solutions must be more efficient for them than use of internal resources.

If we are unable to retain our existing customers, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer.

Our success depends substantially upon the retention of our customers, particularly due to our transaction-based, recurring revenue model. We may not be able to retain some of our existing customers if we are unable to continue to provide solutions that our payer customers believe enable them to achieve improved efficiencies and cost-effectiveness, and that our provider and pharmacy customers believe allow them to more effectively manage their revenue cycle, increase reimbursement rates and improve cash flows. We also may not be able to retain customers if our electronic and/or paper-based solutions contain errors or otherwise fail to perform properly, if our pricing structure is no longer competitive or upon expiration of our contracts. Historically, we have enjoyed high customer retention rates; however, we may not be able to maintain high retention rates in the future. Our transaction-based, recurring revenues depend in part upon maintaining this high customer retention rate, and if we are unable to maintain our historically high customer retention rate, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

If we are unable to connect to a large number of payers and providers, our solutions would be limited and less desirable to our customers.

Our business largely depends upon our ability to connect electronically to a substantial number of payers, such as insurance companies, Medicare and Medicaid agencies and pharmacy benefit managers, and providers, such as hospitals, physicians, dentists, laboratories and pharmacies. The attractiveness of some of the solutions we offer to providers, such as our claims management and submission services, depends in part on our ability to connect to a large number of payers, which allows us to streamline and simplify workflows for providers. These connections either may be made directly or through a clearinghouse. We may not be able to maintain our links with a large number of payers on terms satisfactory to us, and we may not be able to develop new connections, either directly or through other clearinghouses, on satisfactory terms. The failure to maintain these connections could cause our solutions to be less attractive to our provider customers. In addition, our payer customers view our connections to a large number of providers as essential in allowing them to receive a high volume of transactions and realize the resulting cost efficiencies through the use of our solutions. Our failure to maintain existing connections with payers, providers and other clearinghouses or to develop new connections as circumstances warrant, or an increase in the utilization of direct links between payers and providers, could cause our electronic transaction processing systems to be less desirable to healthcare constituents, which would reduce the number of transactions that we process and for which we are paid, resulting in a decrease in revenues and an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

11


Table of Contents

The failure to maintain our relationships with our channel partners or significant changes in the terms of the agreements we have with them may have an adverse effect on our ability to successfully market our solutions.

We have entered into contracts with our channel partners to market and sell some of our solutions. Most of these contracts are on a non-exclusive basis. However, under contracts with some of our channel partners, we may be bound by provisions that restrict our ability to market and sell our solutions to potential customers. Our arrangements with some of these channel partners involve negotiated payments to them based on percentages of revenues they generate. If the payments prove to be too high, we may be unable to realize acceptable margins, but if the payments prove to be too low, the channel partners may not be motivated to produce a sufficient volume of revenues. The success of these contractual arrangements will depend in part upon the channel partners’ own competitive, marketing and strategic considerations, including the relative advantages of using alternative products being developed and marketed by them or our competitors. If any of these channel partners are unsuccessful in marketing our solutions or seek to amend the financial or other terms of the contracts we have with them, we will need to broaden our marketing efforts to increase focus on the solutions they sell and alter our distribution strategy, which may divert our planned efforts and resources from other projects. In addition, as part of the packages these channel partners sell, they may offer a choice to their customers between solutions that we supply and similar solutions offered by our competitors or by the channel partners directly. If our solutions are not chosen for inclusion in these packages, the revenues we earn from our channel partner relationships will decrease. Lastly, we could be subject to claims and liability, as a result of the activities, products or services of these channel partners or other resellers of our solutions. Even if these claims do not result in liability to us, investigating and defending these claims could be expensive, time-consuming and result in adverse publicity that could harm our business.

Our business and future success may depend on our ability to cross-sell our solutions.

Our ability to generate revenue and growth partly depends on our ability to cross-sell our solutions to our existing customers and new customers. We expect our ability to successfully cross-sell our solutions will be one of the most significant factors influencing our growth. We may not be successful in cross-selling our solutions because our customers may find our additional solutions unnecessary or unattractive. Our failure to sell additional solutions to existing customers could affect our ability to grow our business.

We have faced and will continue to face pressure to reduce our prices, which may reduce our margins, profitability and competitive position.

As electronic transaction processing further penetrates the healthcare market or becomes highly standardized, competition among electronic transaction processors is increasingly focused on pricing. This competition has placed, and could place further pressure on us to reduce our prices in order to retain market share. If we are unable to reduce our costs sufficiently to offset declines in our prices, or if we are unable to introduce new innovative offerings with higher margins, our results of operations could decline.

In addition, many healthcare industry constituents are consolidating to create integrated healthcare delivery systems with greater market power. As provider networks, such as hospitals, and payer organizations, such as private insurance companies, consolidate, competition to provide the types of solutions we provide may become more intense and the importance of establishing and maintaining relationships with key healthcare industry constituents could become more significant. These healthcare industry constituents have, in the past, and may, in the future, try to use their market power to negotiate price reductions for our solutions. If we are forced to reduce prices, our margins will decrease and our results of operations will decline, unless we are able to achieve corresponding reductions in expenses.

Our ability to generate revenue could suffer if we do not continue to update and improve our existing solutions and develop new ones.

We must improve the functionality of our existing solutions in a timely manner and introduce new and valuable healthcare information technology and service solutions in order to respond to technological and regulatory developments and, thereby, retain existing customers and attract new ones. For example, from time to time, government agencies may alter format and data code requirements applicable to electronic transactions. In addition, our customers sometimes request that our solutions be customized to satisfy particular security protocols, modifications and other contractual terms in excess of industry norms and our standard configurations. These customer imposed requirements may impact the profitability of particular solutions and customer engagements. We may not be successful in responding to technological and regulatory developments or changing customer needs. The pace of change in the markets we serve is rapid, and there are frequent new product and service introductions by our competitors and channel partners who use our solutions in their offerings. If we do not respond successfully to technological and regulatory changes, as well as evolving industry standards and customer demands, our solutions may become obsolete. Technological changes also may result in the offering of competitive solutions at lower prices than we are charging for our solutions, which could result in our losing sales unless we lower the prices we charge. If we do lower our prices on some of our solutions, we will need to increase our margins on these solutions in order to maintain our overall profitability. In addition, the solutions we develop or license may not be able to compete with the alternatives available to our customers.

 

12


Table of Contents

Our business will suffer if we fail to successfully integrate acquired businesses and technologies or to appropriately assess the risks in particular transactions.

We have historically acquired and, in the future, plan to acquire, businesses, technologies, services, product lines and other assets. The successful integration of any businesses and assets we acquire into our operations, on a cost-effective basis, can be critical to our future performance. The amount and timing of the expected benefits of any acquisition, including potential synergies, are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those relating to:

 

    our ability to maintain relationships with the customers of the acquired business;

 

    our ability to cross-sell solutions to customers with which we have established relationships and those with which the acquired businesses have established relationships;

 

    our ability to retain or replace key personnel of the acquired business;

 

    potential conflicts in payer, provider, pharmacy, vendor or marketing relationships;

 

    our ability to coordinate organizations that are geographically diverse and may have different business cultures; and

 

    compliance with regulatory and other requirements.

We cannot guarantee that any acquired businesses will be successfully integrated with our operations in a timely or cost-effective manner, or at all. Failure to successfully integrate acquired businesses or to achieve anticipated operating synergies, revenue enhancements or cost savings could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Although our management attempts to evaluate the risks inherent in each transaction and to evaluate acquisition candidates appropriately, we may not properly ascertain all such risks and the acquired businesses and assets may not perform as we expect or enhance the value of our company as a whole. Acquired companies or businesses also may have larger than expected liabilities that are not covered by the indemnification, if any, that we are able to obtain from the sellers. Furthermore, the historical financial statements of the companies we have acquired or may acquire in the future are prepared by management of such companies and are not independently verified by our management. In addition, any pro forma financial statements prepared by us to give effect to such acquisitions may not accurately reflect the results of operations of such companies that would have been achieved had the acquisition of such entities been completed at the beginning of the applicable periods. Finally, there are no assurances that we will continue to acquire businesses at valuations consistent with our prior acquisitions or that we will complete acquisitions at all.

Achieving market acceptance of new or updated solutions is necessary in order for them to become profitable and will likely require significant efforts and expenditures.

Our future financial results will depend in part on whether our new or updated solutions receive sufficient customer acceptance. These solutions include, without limitation:

 

    electronic billing, payment and remittance services for payers, providers and patients that complement our existing paper-based patient billing and payment and payment distribution services;

 

    electronic prescriptions from healthcare providers to pharmacies and pharmacy benefit managers;

 

    our other pre- and post-adjudication services for payers and providers;

 

    payment integrity and fraud, waste and abuse services for payers and providers;

 

    government program eligibility and enrollment services for providers;

 

    accounts receivable management, denial management, appeals and collection improvement services for providers;

 

13


Table of Contents
    healthcare and information technology consulting services for payers;

 

    decision support, clinical information exchange or other business intelligence and data analytics solutions; and

 

    consumer engagement and transparency services.

Achieving market acceptance for new or updated solutions is likely to require substantial marketing efforts and expenditure of significant funds to create awareness and demand by constituents in the healthcare industry. In addition, deployment of new or updated solutions may require the use of additional resources for training our existing sales force and customer service personnel and for hiring and training additional salespersons and customer service personnel. Failure to achieve broad penetration in target markets with respect to new or updated solutions could have an adverse effect on our business prospects and financial results.

An economic downturn or volatility could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The United States economy has experienced significant economic uncertainty and volatility during recent years. A weakening of economic conditions could lead to reductions in demand for our solutions. For example, our revenues can be adversely affected by the impact of lower healthcare utilization trends driven by high unemployment and other economic factors. Further, weakened economic conditions or a recession could reduce the amount of income patients are able to spend on healthcare services. As a result, patients may elect to delay or forgo seeking healthcare services, which could further reduce healthcare utilization and our transaction volumes or decrease payer and provider demand for our solutions. Also, high unemployment rates could cause commercial payer membership to decline which also could lessen healthcare utilization and decrease our transaction volumes. In addition, as a result of volatile or uncertain economic conditions, we may experience the negative effects of increased financial pressures on our payer and provider customers. For instance, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted by increased competitive pricing pressure and a decline in our customers’ credit worthiness, which could result in us incurring increased bad debt expense. If we are not able to timely and appropriately adapt to changes resulting from a weak economic environment, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.

There are increased risks of performance problems during times when we are making significant changes to our solutions or to systems we use to provide services. In addition, implementation of our solutions and cost savings initiatives may cost more, may not provide the benefits expected, may take longer than anticipated or may increase the risk of performance problems.

In order to respond to technological and regulatory changes and evolving industry standards, our solutions must be continually updated and enhanced. The software and systems that we use to provide services are inherently complex and, despite testing and quality control, we cannot be certain that errors will not be found in any changes, enhancements, updates and new versions that we market or use. Even if new or modified solutions do not have performance problems, our technical and customer service personnel may have difficulties in installing them or in providing any necessary training and support to customers.

Implementation of changes in our technology and systems may cost more or take longer than originally expected and may require more testing than initially anticipated. While new hardware and software will be tested before it is used in production, we cannot be sure that the testing will uncover all problems that may occur in actual use. If significant problems occur as a result of these changes, we may fail to meet our contractual obligations to customers, which could result in claims being made against us or in the loss of customer relationships. In addition, changes in our technology and systems may not provide the additional functionality or other benefits that were expected.

In addition, we also periodically implement efficiency measures and other cost saving initiatives to improve our operating performance. These efficiency measures and other cost saving initiatives may not provide the benefits anticipated or do so in the time frame expected. Implementation of these measures also may increase the risk of performance problems due to unforeseen impacts on our organization, systems and processes.

Disruptions in service or damages to our data or other operation centers, or other software or systems failures, could adversely affect our business.

Our data and operation centers are essential to our business. Our operations depend on our ability to maintain and protect our computer systems, many of which are located in our primary data centers that we operate in Memphis and Nashville, Tennessee. We have consolidated several satellite data centers and plan to continue such consolidation. Our business and results of operations are

 

14


Table of Contents

also highly dependent on our print and mail operations, which are primarily conducted in Bridgeton, Missouri and Toledo, Ohio. We conduct business continuity planning and maintain insurance against fires, floods, other natural disasters and general business interruptions to mitigate the adverse effects of a disruption, relocation or change in operating environment; however, the situations we plan for and the amount of insurance coverage may not be adequate in any particular case. The occurrence of any of these events could result in interruptions, delays or cessations in service to users of our solutions, which could impair or prohibit our ability to provide our solutions, reduce the attractiveness of our solutions to our customers and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

We also rely on a limited number of suppliers and contractors to provide us with a variety of solutions, including telecommunications and data processing services necessary for our transaction services and processing functions and software developers for the development and maintenance of certain software products we use to provide our solutions. If these suppliers do not fulfill their contractual obligations or choose to discontinue their products or services, our business and operations could be disrupted, our brand and reputation could be harmed and our financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

If the security measures protecting our information technology systems are breached or fail, we could be subject to liability, and customers may curtail or stop using our solutions.

Our business relies to a significant degree upon the secure electronic transmission, use and storage of sensitive information, including personal health information, financial information and other confidential data. Despite the implementation of security measures, our infrastructure, data centers and systems that we interface with, including the internet and related systems and our vendors, may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, hackers, improper employee or contractor access, computer viruses, programming errors, denial-of-service attacks, terrorist attacks or other attacks by third parties or similar disruptive problems. We cannot predict whether our security measures will be adequate to prevent all possible security threats. Any of these events, including the unauthorized access, misappropriation, disclosure or loss of sensitive information, including financial or personal health information, or a significant disruption of our network, could adversely affect our ability to provide our solutions and fulfill contractual demands, could require us to devote significant financial and other resources to mitigate such problems and could increase our future security costs, including through organizational changes, deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, further training of employees and engaging third party experts and consultants. Moreover, unauthorized access, use or disclosure of certain confidential information in our possession could result in civil or criminal liability or regulatory action, including potential fines and penalties, as well as costs relating to required notifications, credit monitoring services and other necessary expenses. In addition, any actual or perceived breach of our security measures may deter customers from using or purchasing our solutions in the future. The occurrence of any of these events could disrupt our business and operations or harm our brand and reputation, either of which could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

Recently, there have been a number of high profile security breaches involving the improper dissemination of personal information of individuals both within and outside of the healthcare industry. Lawsuits resulting from these security breaches have sought significant monetary damages. While we maintain liability insurance coverage, claims could exceed the amount of our applicable insurance coverage, if any, or this coverage may not continue to be available on acceptable terms or in sufficient amounts.

We may be liable to our customers and may lose customers if we provide poor service, if our solutions do not comply with our agreements or if our software solutions or transmission systems contain errors or experience failures.

We must meet our customers’ service level expectations and our contractual obligations with respect to our solutions. Failure to do so could subject us to liability, as well as cause us to lose customers. In some cases, we rely upon third party contractors to assist us in providing our solutions. Our ability to meet our contractual obligations and customer expectations may be impacted by the performance of our third party contractors and their ability to comply with applicable laws and regulations. For example, our electronic payment and remittance solutions depend in part on the ability of our vendors to comply with applicable banking, financial service and payment card industry requirements and their failure to do so could cause an interruption in the solutions we provide or require us to seek alternative solutions or relationships.

Errors in the software and systems we use to provide services to customers also could cause serious problems for our customers. In addition, because of the large amount of data we collect and manage, it is possible that hardware failures and errors in our systems would result in data loss or corruption or cause the information that we collect to be incomplete or contain inaccuracies that our customers could regard as significant. For example, errors in our transaction processing systems can result in payers paying the wrong amount, making payments to the wrong payee or delaying payments. Since some of our solutions relate to laboratory ordering and reporting and electronic prescriptions, an error in our systems also could result in injury to a patient. If problems like these occur, our customers may seek compensation from us or may seek to terminate their agreements with us, withhold payments due to us, seek refunds from us of part or all of the fees charged under our agreements, request a loan or advancement of funds or initiate litigation or other dispute resolution procedures. In addition, we may be subject to claims against us by others affected by any such problems.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our activities and the activities of our third party contractors involve the storage, use and transmission of financial and personal health information. Accordingly, security breaches of our or their computer systems or at our print and mail operation centers could expose us to a risk of loss or litigation, government enforcement actions and contractual liabilities. We cannot be certain that contractual provisions attempting to limit our liability in these areas will be successful or enforceable, or that other parties will accept such contractual provisions as part of our agreements. Any security breaches also could impact our ability to provide our solutions, as well as impact the confidence of our customers in our solutions, either of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We attempt to limit, by contract, our liability for damages arising from our negligence, errors, mistakes or security breaches. However, contractual limitations on liability may not be enforceable or may otherwise not provide sufficient protection to us from liability for damages. We maintain liability insurance coverage, including coverage for errors and omissions. It is possible, however, that claims could exceed the amount of our applicable insurance coverage, if any, or that this coverage may not continue to be available on acceptable terms or in sufficient amounts. Even if these claims do not result in liability to us, investigating and defending against them could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management’s attention away from our operations. In addition, negative publicity caused by these events may negatively impact market acceptance of our solutions, including unrelated solutions, or may harm our reputation and our business.

Recent and future developments in the healthcare industry could adversely affect our business.

Almost all of our revenue is either derived from the healthcare industry or could be affected by changes in healthcare spending. The healthcare industry is highly regulated and subject to changing political, legislative, regulatory and other influences. For example, ACA changes how healthcare services are covered, delivered and reimbursed through expanded coverage of uninsured individuals, reduced Medicare program spending and insurance market reforms. ACA seeks to increase health insurance coverage through the expansion of Medicaid, establishment of health insurance exchanges to facilitate the purchase of health insurance by individuals and small employers, imposing penalties on individuals who do not obtain health insurance and imposing fines on employers with 50 or more full-time employees that do not offer employees health insurance. ACA insurance market reforms include increased dependent coverage, prohibitions on excluding individuals based on pre-existing conditions and mandated minimum medical loss ratios for health plans. In addition, ACA provides for significant new taxes, including an industry user tax paid by health insurance companies, as well as an excise tax on health insurers and employers offering high cost health coverage plans. ACA also imposes significant Medicare Advantage funding cuts and material reductions to Medicare and Medicaid program spending. ACA further provides for additional resources to combat healthcare fraud, waste and abuse and also requires HHS to adopt additional standards for electronic transactions and to establish operating rules to promote uniformity in the implementation of each standardized electronic transaction.

While many of the provisions of ACA are not directly applicable to us, ACA affects the business of our payer, provider and pharmacy customers and the Medicaid programs of the states with which we have contracts. The provisions of ACA that are designed to expand health coverage potentially could result in an overall increase in transactions for our business and demand for our solutions; however, our customers may attempt to reduce spending to offset the increased costs associated with meeting the various ACA insurance market reforms. Likewise, as the Medicare payment reductions and other reimbursement changes impact our customers, our customers may attempt to seek price concessions from us or reduce their use of our solutions. Thus, ACA may result in a reduction of expenditures by customers or potential customers in the healthcare industry, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, we may experience increased costs from responding to new standardized transaction and implementation rules and our customers’ needs. In addition, implementation of the employer mandate was delayed for most employers until January 1, 2015 and will not be implemented for all employers until January 1, 2016. States may opt out of the Medicaid expansion, and the number of states that will ultimately participate and under what terms is not clear. The full impact of ACA, including its impact on our government eligibility and enrollment services offerings, is difficult to predict due to uncertainty regarding how many states will ultimately implement the Medicaid expansion, as well as the law’s complexity, lack of implementing regulations for all of the law’s provisions or limited interpretive guidance, remaining or new court challenges, implementation issues and the possibility of further delays, amendments or repeal.

Moreover, there are currently numerous federal, state and private initiatives and studies seeking ways to increase the use of information technology in healthcare as a means of improving care and reducing costs. For example, ARRA included federal subsidies that began in 2011 for eligible hospitals and eligible professionals that adopt and meaningfully use certified EHR technology, and through December 2014 approximately $26 billion in payments have been distributed. These initiatives may result in additional or costly legal or regulatory requirements that are applicable to us and our customers, may encourage more companies to enter our markets, may provide advantages to our competitors and may result in the development of technology solutions that compete with ours. Any such initiatives also may result in a reduction of expenditures by customers or potential customers in the healthcare industry, which could have an adverse effect on our business.

 

16


Table of Contents

In addition, other general reductions in expenditures by healthcare industry constituents could result from, among other things:

 

    government regulation or private initiatives that affect the manner in which providers interact with patients, payers or other healthcare industry constituents, including changes in pricing or means of delivery of healthcare solutions;

 

    reductions in governmental funding for healthcare, in addition to reductions required by ACA, such as reductions resulting from the BCA, which requires automatic spending reductions of $1.2 trillion for federal fiscal years 2013 through 2021, minus any deficit reductions enacted by Congress and debt service costs, and laws that extend these cuts through 2024; and

 

    adverse changes in business or economic conditions affecting payers, providers, pharmaceutical companies, medical device manufacturers or other healthcare industry constituents.

Even if general expenditures by healthcare industry constituents remain the same or increase, other developments in the healthcare industry may result in reduced spending on information technology and services or in some or all of the specific markets we serve or are planning to serve. In addition, our customers’ expectations regarding pending or potential healthcare industry developments also may affect their budgeting processes and spending plans with respect to the types of solutions we provide. For example, use of our solutions could be affected by:

 

    changes in the billing patterns of providers;

 

    changes in the design of health insurance plans;

 

    changes in the contracting methods payers use in their relationships with providers;

 

    decreases in marketing expenditures by pharmaceutical companies or medical device manufacturers, as a result of governmental regulation or private initiatives that discourage or prohibit promotional activities by pharmaceutical or medical device companies; and

 

    successful implementation of government programs that streamline and standardize eligibility enrollment processes could result in decreased pricing or demand for our eligibility and enrollment solutions.

The healthcare industry has changed significantly in recent years, and we expect that significant changes will continue to occur. The timing and impact of developments in the healthcare industry are difficult to predict. Furthermore, we are unable to predict how providers, payers, pharmacies and other healthcare market participants will respond to the various reform provisions contained in ACA, some of which are not yet fully implemented and could be further delayed, repealed or blocked. We cannot be sure that the markets for our solutions will continue to exist at current levels or that we will have adequate technical, financial and marketing resources to react to changes in those markets.

Government regulation, industry standards and other requirements creates risks and challenges with respect to our compliance efforts and our business strategies.

The healthcare industry is highly regulated and subject to frequently changing regulatory and other requirements. Many healthcare laws and regulations are complex, and their application to specific services and relationships may not be clear. Because our customers are required to comply with these requirements, we may be impacted as a result of our contractual obligations even when we are not directly subject to them. For many of these requirements, there is little history of regulatory or judicial interpretation upon which to rely. In particular, many existing healthcare laws and regulations, when enacted, did not anticipate the healthcare information solutions that we provide, and these laws and regulations may be applied to our solutions in ways that we do not anticipate. ACA and other federal and state efforts to reform or revise aspects of the healthcare industry or to revise or create additional statutory and regulatory requirements could impact our operations, the use of our solutions and our ability to market new solutions, or could create unexpected liabilities for us. We also may be impacted by non-healthcare laws, industry standards and other requirements as a result of some of our solutions. For example, laws, regulations and industry standards regulating the banking and financial services industry may impact our operations as a result of the electronic payment and remittance services we offer directly or through third party vendors. We are unable to predict what changes to laws, regulations and other requirements might be made in the future or how those changes could affect our business or the costs of compliance.

 

17


Table of Contents

We have attempted to structure our operations to comply with legal and other requirements applicable to us directly and to our customers and third party contractors, but there can be no assurance that our operations will not be challenged or impacted by enforcement initiatives. Any determination by a court or agency that our solutions violate, or cause our customers to violate, applicable laws, regulations or other requirements could subject us or our customers to civil or criminal penalties. Such a determination also could require us to change or terminate portions of our business, disqualify us from serving customers who are or do business with government entities or cause us to refund some or all of our service fees or otherwise compensate our customers. In addition, failure to satisfy laws, regulations or other requirements could adversely affect demand for our solutions and could force us to expend significant capital, research and development and other resources to address the failure. Even an unsuccessful challenge by regulatory and other authorities or private whistleblowers could be expensive and time consuming, could result in loss of business, exposure to adverse publicity and injury to our reputation and could adversely affect our ability to retain and attract customers. Laws, regulations and other requirements impacting our operations include the following:

 

    HIPAA Privacy and Security Requirements. There are numerous federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of personal health information. In particular, regulations promulgated pursuant to HIPAA establish privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information (known as “protected health information”) and require the implementation of administrative, physical and technological safeguards to protect the privacy of protected health information and ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic protected health information. We are directly subject to the HIPAA privacy and security regulations as a “Covered Entity” with respect to our operations as a healthcare clearinghouse and are directly subject to certain provisions of the regulations as a “Business Associate” through our relationships with customers.

The privacy regulations established under HIPAA also provide patients with rights related to understanding and controlling how their health information is used and disclosed. To the extent permitted by applicable privacy regulations and our contracts with our customers, we may use and disclose protected health information to perform our services and for other limited purposes, such as creating de-identified information, but other uses and disclosures, such as marketing communications, require written authorization from the individual or must meet an exception specified under the privacy regulations. Determining whether data has been sufficiently de-identified to comply with the HIPAA privacy standards and our contractual obligations may require complex factual and statistical analyses and may be subject to interpretation.

If we are unable to properly protect the privacy and security of protected health information entrusted to us, we could be found to have breached our contracts with our customers. Further, if we fail to comply with applicable HIPAA privacy and security standards, we could face civil and criminal penalties. HHS is required to perform compliance audits and has announced its intent to perform audits in 2015. In addition to enforcement by HHS, state attorneys general are authorized to bring civil actions seeking either injunctions or damages in response to violations that threaten the privacy of state residents. HHS has the discretion to impose penalties without being required to attempt to resolve violations through informal means, such as implementing a corrective action plan. Although we have implemented and maintain policies and processes to assist us in complying with these regulations and our contractual obligations, we cannot provide assurance regarding how these standards will be interpreted, enforced or applied to our operations.

 

    Other Privacy and Security Requirements. In addition to HIPAA, numerous other state and federal laws govern the collection, dissemination, use, access to and confidentiality of personal health information and healthcare provider information. Some states also are considering new laws and regulations that further protect the confidentiality, privacy and security of medical records or other types of personal information. In many cases, these state laws are not preempted by the HIPAA privacy standards and may be subject to interpretation by various courts and other governmental authorities. Further, the United States Congress and a number of states have considered prohibitions or limitations on the disclosure of medical or other information to individuals or entities located outside of the United States.

 

   

Data Protection and Breaches. In recent years, there have been a number of well-publicized data breaches involving the improper dissemination of personal information of individuals both within and outside of the healthcare industry. Many states have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to affected individuals. In many cases, these laws are limited to electronic data, but states are increasingly enacting or considering stricter and broader requirements. Covered Entities must report breaches of unsecured protected health information to affected individuals without unreasonable delay but not to exceed 60 days following discovery of the breach by a Covered Entity or its agents. Notification also must be made to HHS and, in certain circumstances involving large breaches, to the media. Business Associates must report breaches of unsecured protected health information to

 

18


Table of Contents
 

Covered Entities within 60 days of discovery of the breach by the Business Associate or its agents. A non-permitted use or disclosure is presumed to be a breach unless the Covered Entity or Business Associate establishes that there is a low probability the protected health information has been compromised. This presumption and the standard for determining whether a non-permitted use or disclosure constitutes a breach will likely result in a greater number of incidents involving the non-permitted use and disclosure of unsecured protected health information being classified as breaches and, thus, a greater number of required notifications.

In addition, the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) has prosecuted certain data breach cases as unfair and deceptive acts or practices under the Federal Trade Commission Act. Further, by regulation, the FTC requires creditors, which may include some of our customers, to implement identity theft prevention programs to detect, prevent and mitigate identity theft in connection with customer accounts. Although Congress passed legislation that restricts the definition of “creditor” and exempts many healthcare providers from complying with this rule, we may be required to apply additional resources to our existing process to assist our affected customers in complying with this rule.

We have implemented and maintain physical, technical and administrative safeguards intended to protect all personal data and have processes in place to assist us in complying with all applicable laws and regulations regarding the protection of this data and properly responding to any security breaches or incidents; however, we cannot be sure that these safeguards are adequate to protect all personal data or assist us in complying with all applicable laws and regulations regarding the protection of personal data and responding to any security breaches or incidents.

 

    HIPAA Transaction and Identifier Standards. HIPAA and its implementing regulations mandate format and data content standards and provider identifier standards (known as the National Provider Identifier) that must be used in certain electronic transactions, such as claims, payment advice and eligibility inquiries. As required by ACA, HHS has established standards that health plans must use for electronic fund transfers with providers, has established operating rules for certain transactions and is in the process of establishing operating rules to promote uniformity in the implementation of the remaining types of covered transactions. ACA also requires HHS to establish standards for health claims attachment transactions. Further, HHS has adopted updated standard code sets for diagnoses and procedures known as the ICD-10 code sets. The use of the ICD-10 code sets is required by October 1, 2015.

HHS has established a unique health plan identifier for health plans that Covered Entities must use to identify health plans in standardized transactions beginning on November 7, 2016. HHS also has established an “other entity identifier” that entities involved in healthcare transactions that are not health plans, providers or individuals may opt to obtain and use.

Although our systems are capable of transmitting transactions that comply with requirements currently in effect, we will be required to modify our systems to accommodate new requirements. We have been modifying and will continue to modify our systems and processes to prepare for and implement changes to the transaction standards, code sets operating rules and identifier requirements; however, we may not be successful in responding to these changes and any responsive changes we make to our systems and software may result in errors or otherwise negatively impact our service levels. In addition, the compliance dates for ICD-10 code sets, new or modified transaction standards, operating rules and identifiers may overlap, which may further burden our resources.

We also may experience complications related to supporting customers that are not fully compliant with the revised requirements as of the applicable compliance or enforcement date. Some payers and healthcare clearinghouses with which we conduct business interpret HIPAA transaction requirements differently than we do or may require us to use legacy formats or include legacy identifiers as they transition to full compliance. For example, we continue to process transactions using legacy identifiers for non-Medicare claims that are sent to us to the extent that the intended recipients have not instructed us to suppress those legacy identifiers. Where payers or healthcare clearinghouses require conformity with their interpretations or require us to accommodate legacy transactions or identifiers as a condition of successful transactions, we seek to comply with their requirements, but may be subject to enforcement actions as a result. We continue to work with payers, providers, practice management system vendors and other healthcare industry constituents to implement the transaction standards and identifier standards. We cannot provide assurance regarding how the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) will enforce the transaction and identifier standards or how CMS will view our practice of accommodating requests to process transactions

 

19


Table of Contents

that include legacy formats or identifiers for non-Medicare claims. Any regulatory change, clarification or enforcement action by CMS that prohibited the processing by healthcare clearinghouses or private payers of transactions containing legacy formats or identifiers could have an adverse effect on our business.

 

    Electronic Health Records. Medicare and Medicaid incentive payments are available for eligible hospitals and eligible professionals that adopt and meaningfully use EHR technology. Beginning in 2015, eligible hospitals and eligible professionals who fail to attest to the meaningful use of EHR technology will face reductions in Medicare payments. These incentives and the risk of reduced Medicare payments promote the adoption of EHR technology which may impact our business.

 

    Anti-Kickback and Anti-Bribery Laws. A number of federal and state laws govern patient referrals, financial relationships with physicians and other referral sources and inducements to providers and patients, including restrictions contained in amendments to the Social Security Act, commonly known as the “federal Anti-Kickback Law.” The federal Anti-Kickback Law prohibits any person or entity from offering, paying, soliciting or receiving, directly or indirectly, anything of value with the intent of generating referrals of patients covered by Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. Violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Law is a felony. The Anti-Kickback Law contains a limited number of exceptions, and the Office of the Inspector General of HHS has created regulatory safe harbors to the federal Anti-Kickback Law. Activities that comply precisely with a safe harbor are deemed protected from prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Law. Failure to meet a safe harbor does not automatically render an arrangement illegal under the Anti-Kickback Law. The arrangement, however, does risk increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities, based on its particular facts and circumstances. Our contracts and other arrangements may not meet an exception or a safe harbor.

Many states also have similar anti-kickback laws that are not necessarily limited to items or services for which payment is made by a federal healthcare program. The laws in this area are both broad and vague and generally are not subject to frequent regulatory or judicial interpretation. We review our practices with regulatory experts in an effort to comply with all applicable laws and regulatory requirements. However, we are unable to predict how these laws will be interpreted or the full extent of their application, particularly to services that are not directly reimbursed by federal healthcare programs, such as transaction processing services. Any determination by a state or federal regulatory agency that any of our activities or those of our customers or vendors violate any of these laws could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, could require us to change or terminate some portions of our business, could require us to refund a portion of our service fees, could disqualify us from providing services to customers who are or do business with government programs and could have an adverse effect on our business. Even an unsuccessful challenge by regulatory authorities of our activities could result in adverse publicity and could require a costly response from us.

 

    False or Fraudulent Claim Laws. We provide claims processing and other solutions to providers that relate to, or directly involve, the reimbursement of health services covered by Medicare, Medicaid, other federal healthcare programs and private payers. In addition, as part of our data transmission and claims submission services, we may employ certain edits, using logic, mapping and defaults, when submitting claims to third party payers. Such edits are utilized when the information received from providers is insufficient to complete individual data elements requested by payers.

As a result of these aspects of our business, we may be subject to, or contractually required to comply with, numerous federal and state laws that prohibit false or fraudulent claims. False or fraudulent claims include, but are not limited to, billing for services not rendered, failing to refund known overpayments, misrepresenting actual services rendered, improper coding and billing for medically unnecessary items or services. Some of these laws, including restrictions contained in amendments to the Social Security Act, commonly known as the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law, require a lower burden of proof than other fraud, waste and abuse laws. Federal and state governments increasingly use the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law, especially where they believe they cannot meet the higher burden of proof requirements under the various criminal healthcare fraud provisions.

In addition, the FCA and some state false claims laws provide significant civil and criminal penalties for noncompliance and can be enforced by private individuals through “whistleblower” or qui tam actions on behalf of the government alleging that the defendant has defrauded the government. For example, the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law provides for penalties ranging from $10,000 to $50,000 per prohibited act and assessments of up to three times the amount claimed or received. Further, violations of the FCA are punishable by treble damages and penalties of up to $11,000 per false claim, and whistleblowers may

 

20


Table of Contents

receive a share of amounts recovered. Civil penalties also may be imposed for the failure to report and return an overpayment made by the federal government within 60 days of identifying the overpayment and also may result in liability under the FCA. ACA provides that submission of a claim for an item or service generated in violation of the Anti-Kickback Law constitutes a false or fraudulent claim under the FCA. Whistleblowers and the federal government have taken the position and some courts have held, that providers who allegedly have violated other statutes, such as the Stark Law, have thereby submitted false claims under the FCA. We rely on our customers to provide us with accurate and complete information.

From time to time, constituents in the healthcare industry, including us, may be subject to actions under the FCA or other fraud, waste and abuse provisions, such as the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law. Errors and the unintended consequences of data manipulations by us or our systems with respect to entry, formatting, preparation or transmission of claim information may be determined or alleged to be in violation of these laws and regulations or could adversely impact the compliance of our customers. Although we believe our editing processes are consistent with applicable reimbursement rules and industry practice, a court, enforcement agency or whistleblower could challenge these practices. In addition, we cannot guarantee that state and federal agencies will regard any billing errors we process as inadvertent or will not hold us responsible for any compliance issues related to claims we handle on behalf of providers and payers. We cannot predict the impact of any enforcement actions under the various false claims and fraud, waste and abuse laws applicable to our operations. Even an unsuccessful challenge of our practices could cause adverse publicity and cause us to incur significant legal and related costs.

 

    Financial Services Related Laws and Rules. Financial services and electronic payment processing services are subject to numerous laws, regulations and industry standards. These laws may subject us, our vendors and our customers to liability as a result of our payment distribution and processing solutions. Although we do not act as a bank, we offer solutions that involve banks, or vendors who contract with banks and other regulated providers of financial services. The various payment modalities that we offer our customers directly and through third party providers may be deemed regulated activity at the federal or state level, and, as a result, we may be affected by banking and financial services industry laws, regulations and standards, such as licensing requirements, solvency standards, reporting and disclosure obligations and requirements to maintain the privacy and security of nonpublic personal financial information. In addition, our patient billing and payment distribution and processing solutions may be affected by payment card industry operating rules and security standards, certification requirements, state prompt payment laws and other rules governing electronic funds transfers. If we fail to comply with any applicable payment distribution and processing rules or requirements, we may be subject to fines and changes in transaction fees and may lose our ability to process payment transactions or facilitate other types of billing and payment solutions. Moreover, in addition to regulatory requirements related to electronic funds transfers, payment transactions processed using the Automated Clearing House Network are subject to network operating rules promulgated by the National Automated Clearing House Association, and these rules may affect our billing and payment practices. Further, our payments solutions may impact the ability of our payer customers to comply with state prompt payment laws. These laws require payers to pay healthcare claims meeting the statutory or regulatory definition of a “clean claim” within a specified time frame.

 

    United States Postal Service Laws and Regulations. Our patient billing and payment and payment distribution services solutions provide mailing services primarily delivered through the United States Postal Service (“USPS”). Although we generally pass these costs through to our customers, postage is the largest component of our costs of operations. Postage rates are dependent on the operating efficiencies of the USPS and legislative and regulatory mandates imposed on the USPS as a result of various fiscal and political factors. Accordingly, new USPS laws or regulations, including changes in the interpretation of existing regulations, changes in the operations of USPS and recent or future rate increases, may negatively impact our business and results of operations. For example, if measures taken by the USPS to reduce its operating costs are not effective, additional postage rate increases or other operational changes may occur. We also rely on significant discounts from the basic USPS postage rate structure, which could be changed or discontinued at any time. While we cannot predict the timing or magnitude of such changes, the current economic and political environment is likely to lead to further rate increases and/or changes in the operations, policies and regulatory interpretations of the USPS. Because we may be unable to implement changes mandated by the USPS in our operations or pass future rate increases through to our customers, any failure or alleged failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or any adverse applications of, or changes in, the USPS laws and regulations affecting our business, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and/or financial condition.

 

21


Table of Contents

Legislative changes and contractual limitations may impede our ability to utilize our offshore service capabilities.

In our operations, we have contractors located outside of the United States who may have access to personal health information in order to assist us in performing services for our customers. From time to time, the United States Congress considers legislation that would restrict the transmission of personal health information regarding a United States resident to any foreign affiliate, subcontractor or unaffiliated third party without adequate privacy protections or without providing notice to the identifiable individual of the transmission and an opportunity to opt out. Some of the proposals considered would have required patient consent and imposed liability on healthcare businesses arising from the improper sharing or other misuse of personal health information. Congress also has considered creating a private civil cause of action that would allow an injured party to recover damages sustained as a result of a violation of these proposed restrictions. Furthermore, a number of states have considered prohibitions or limitations on the disclosure of medical or other personal information to individuals or entities located outside of the United States. If legislation of this type is enacted, our ability to utilize offshore resources may be impeded, and we may be subject to sanctions for failure to comply with the new mandates of the legislation. In addition, the enactment of such legislation could result in such work being performed at a lower margin of profitability, or even at a loss. Further, as a result of concerns regarding the possible misuse of personal health information, some of our customers have contractually limited or may seek to limit our ability to use our offshore resources. Use of offshore resources may increase our risk of violating our contractual obligations to our customers to protect the privacy and security of personal health information provided to us, which could adversely impact our reputation and operating results.

Failure by our customers to obtain proper permissions or provide us with accurate and appropriate data may result in claims against us or may limit or prevent our use of data which could harm our business.

We require our customers to provide necessary notices and obtain necessary permissions for the use and disclosure of the information that we receive. If they do not provide necessary notices or obtain necessary permissions, then our use and disclosure of information that we receive from them or on their behalf may be limited or prohibited by state or federal privacy or other laws. Such failures by our customers could impair our functions, processes and databases that reflect, contain or are based upon such data. For example, as part of our claims submission services, we rely on our customers to provide us with accurate and appropriate data and directives for our actions. While we have implemented features and safeguards designed to maximize the accuracy and completeness of claims content, these features and safeguards may not be sufficient to prevent inaccurate claims data from being submitted to payers. In addition, such failures by our customers could interfere with or prevent creation or use of rules, analyses or other data-driven activities that benefit us or make our solutions less useful. Accordingly, we may be subject to claims or liability for inaccurate claims data submitted to payers or for use or disclosure of information by reason of lack of valid notice or permission. These claims or liabilities could damage our reputation, subject us to unexpected costs and adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

Certain of our solutions present the potential for embezzlement, identity theft or other similar illegal behavior by our employees or contractors with respect to third parties.

Among other things, our solutions include printing and mailing checks and/or facilitating electronic funds transfers for our payer customers and handling mail and payments from payers and from patients for many of our provider customers. These services frequently include handling original checks, payment card information, banking account information and may include currency. Even in those cases in which we do not facilitate payments or handle original documents or mail, our services also involve the use and disclosure of personal and business information that could be used to impersonate third parties or otherwise gain access to their data or funds. If any of our employees or contractors takes, converts or misuses such funds, documents or data, or we experience a data breach creating a risk of identity theft, we could be liable for damages, and our business reputation could be damaged or destroyed. In addition, we could be perceived to have facilitated or participated in illegal misappropriation of funds, documents or data and, therefore, be subject to civil or criminal liability. Federal and state regulators may take the position that a data breach or misdirection of data constitutes an unfair or deceptive act or trade practice. We also may be required to notify individuals affected by any data breaches. Further, a data breach or similar incident could impact the ability of our customers that are creditors to comply with the federal “red flags” rules, which require the implementation of identity theft prevention programs to detect, prevent and mitigate identity theft in connection with customer accounts.

 

22


Table of Contents

Contractual relationships with customers that are governmental agencies or are funded by government programs may impose special burdens on us and provide special benefits to those customers.

A portion of our revenues comes from customers that are governmental agencies or are funded by government programs. Our contracts and subcontracts may be subject to some or all of the following:

 

    termination when appropriated funding for the current fiscal year is exhausted;

 

    termination for the governmental customer’s convenience, subject to a negotiated settlement for costs incurred and profit on work completed, along with the right to place contracts out for bid before the full contract term, as well as the right to make unilateral changes in contract requirements, subject to negotiated price adjustments;

 

    compliance and reporting requirements related to, among other things, agency specific policies and regulations, information security, subcontracting requirements, equal employment opportunity, affirmative action for veterans and workers with disabilities and accessibility for the disabled;

 

    broad audit rights; and

 

    specialized remedies for breach and default, including setoff rights, risk allocation, retroactive price adjustments and civil or criminal fraud penalties, as well as mandatory administrative dispute resolution procedures instead of state contract law remedies.

In addition, certain violations of federal and state law may subject us to having our contracts terminated and, under certain circumstances, suspension and/or debarment from future government contracts. We also are subject to conflict-of-interest rules that may affect our eligibility for some federal, state and local government contracts, including rules applicable to all United States government contracts, as well as rules applicable to the specific agencies with which we have contracts or with which we may seek to enter into contracts.

The protection of our intellectual property requires substantial resources.

We rely upon a combination of trade secret, copyright and trademark laws, patents, license agreements, confidentiality procedures, nondisclosure agreements and technical measures to protect the intellectual property used in our business. The steps we have taken to protect and enforce our proprietary rights and intellectual property may not be adequate. For instance, we may not be able to secure trademark or service mark registrations for marks in the United States or in foreign countries or take similar steps to secure patents for our proprietary applications. Third parties may infringe upon or misappropriate our copyrights, trademarks, service marks, patents and other intellectual property rights. If we believe a third party has misappropriated our intellectual property, litigation may be necessary to enforce and protect those rights, which would divert management resources, would be expensive and may not effectively protect our intellectual property. As a result, if anyone infringes or misappropriates our intellectual property, it may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Third parties may claim that we are infringing their intellectual property, and we could suffer significant litigation or licensing expenses or be prevented from selling certain solutions.

We could be subject to claims that we are misappropriating or infringing intellectual property or other proprietary rights of others. These claims, even if not meritorious, could be expensive to defend and divert management’s attention from our operations. If we become liable to third parties for infringing these rights, we could be required to pay a substantial damage award and to develop non-infringing technology, obtain a license or cease selling the solutions or services that use or contain the infringing intellectual property. We may be unable to develop non-infringing solutions or obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. We also may be required to indemnify our customers if they become subject to third party claims relating to intellectual property that we license or otherwise provide to them, which could be costly.

 

23


Table of Contents

A write-off of all or a part of our long-lived assets (including identifiable intangible assets and goodwill) would adversely affect our operating results and reduce our net worth.

We have significant long-lived assets which include property and equipment, identifiable intangible assets and goodwill. As of December 31, 2014, we had $244.2 million of property and equipment, $1,539.4 million of identifiable intangible assets and $1,702.6 million of goodwill on our balance sheet, which represented in excess of 90% of our total assets. We amortize property and equipment and identifiable intangible assets over their estimated useful lives which range from 3 to 20 years. Though we are not permitted to amortize goodwill under United States generally accepted accounting principles, we evaluate our goodwill for impairment at least annually. In the event an impairment of any of our long-lived assets is identified, a charge to earnings would be recorded. Although it would not affect our cash flow, a write-off in future periods of all or a part of these long-lived assets would adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. See Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Estimates — Goodwill and Intangible Assets” of this Annual Report.

Our success depends in part on our ability to identify, recruit and retain skilled management and technical personnel. If we fail to recruit and retain suitable candidates or if our relationship with our employees changes or deteriorates, there could be an adverse effect on our business.

Our future success depends upon our continuing ability to identify, attract, hire and retain highly qualified personnel, including skilled management, product, technology, sales and marketing personnel, all of whom are in high demand and are often subject to competing offers. Competition for qualified personnel in the healthcare and information technology industries is intense, and we may not be able to hire or retain a sufficient number of qualified personnel to meet our requirements, or be able to do so at salary, benefit and other compensation costs that are acceptable to us. A loss of a substantial number of qualified employees, or an inability to attract, retain and motivate additional highly skilled employees required for expansion of our business, could have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, while none of our employees are currently unionized, unionization of our employees is possible in the future. Such unionizing activities could be costly to address and, if successful, likely would adversely impact our operations.

Lengthy sales, installation and implementation cycles for some of our solutions may result in delays or an inability to generate revenues from these solutions.

Sales of certain complex solutions and applications may result in longer sales, contracting and implementation cycles for our customers. These sales may be subject to delays due to customers’ internal procedures for deploying new technologies and processes and implementation may be subject to delays based on the availability of the internal customer resources needed. The use of our solutions also may be delayed due to reluctance to change or modify existing procedures. We are unable to control many of the factors that will influence the timing of the buying decisions of potential customers or the pace at which installation and training may occur. If we experience longer sales, contracting and implementation cycles for our solutions, we may experience delays in generating, or an inability to generate revenue from these solutions, which could have an adverse effect on our financial results.

We may be a party to legal, regulatory and other proceedings that could result in unexpected adverse outcomes.

From time to time, we are a party to legal and regulatory proceedings, including matters involving governmental agencies and entities with whom we do business and other proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In addition, there are an increasing number of investigations and proceedings in the healthcare industry generally that seek recovery under HIPAA, the federal Anti-Kickback Law, the FCA and other statutes and regulations applicable to our business. We also may be subject to legal proceedings under non-healthcare laws affecting our business, such as employment, banking and financial services and USPS laws and regulations. We evaluate our exposure to these legal and regulatory proceedings and establish reserves for the estimated liabilities in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles. Assessing and predicting the outcome of these matters involves substantial uncertainties. Unexpected outcomes in these legal proceedings, or changes in management’s evaluations or predictions and accompanying changes in established reserves, could have an adverse impact on our financial results.

Risks Related to our Organization and Structure

We are a holding company and our principal asset is our ownership of equity interests in our subsidiaries; accordingly, we are dependent upon distributions from our subsidiaries to pay any dividends, taxes and any other expenses.

We are a holding company and our principal asset is our ownership of equity interests in our subsidiaries. We have no independent means of generating revenue. We intend to cause our subsidiaries to make distributions to us as the direct or indirect holder of 100% of the equity interests of such subsidiaries in amounts sufficient to make payments in respect of our outstanding indebtedness, including the Term Loan Facility, the Revolving Facility and the Senior Notes, as well as payments required under our tax receivable agreements (as discussed below). To the extent that we need funds and our subsidiaries are unable or otherwise restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation, as a result of the terms in our credit agreements or are otherwise unable to provide such funds, our liquidity and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

24


Table of Contents

The amounts we will be required to pay under our tax receivable agreements could be significant and, in certain circumstances, could differ significantly (in both timing and amount) from the underlying tax benefits we actually realize.

We are a party to tax receivable agreements which obligate us to make payments to certain of our current and former owners, including affiliates of Blackstone, Hellman & Friedman and certain current and former members of management, equal to 85% of the applicable cash savings that we realize as a result of tax attributes arising from certain previous transactions, including the Merger (Blackstone, together with affiliates of Hellman & Friedman and certain current and former members of management, are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as the “TRA Members”).

The payments we are required to make under the tax receivable agreements could be substantial. The amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreements will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future and the tax rate then applicable. We expect that, assuming no material changes in tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize the full potential tax benefit, future payments will range from $0.9 million to $84.4 million per year over the next 14 years. As of December 31, 2014, we expected total remaining payments under the tax receivable agreements of approximately $351.2 million. $164.9 million of this amount, which included the initial fair value of the tax receivable agreement obligations at the time of the Merger plus accretion to date, was reflected as an obligation on the balance sheet at December 31, 2014.

There may be circumstances in which the payments under the tax receivable agreements may differ significantly (in both timing and amount) from the underlying tax benefits we actually realize. Pursuant to the tax receivable agreements, upon a covered change of control, we could be required to make payments that significantly exceed our actual cash tax savings from the tax benefits giving rise to such payments. Moreover, upon a covered change of control or initial public offering, we will have the option to terminate the tax receivable agreements in exchange for a lump-sum payment (based on an assumption that all expected potential tax benefits actually will be realized). In addition, under the tax receivable agreements, the TRA Members will not reimburse us for any payments previously made if such tax benefits are subsequently disallowed, except that excess payments made to the TRA Members will be netted against payments otherwise to be made, if any, after our determination of such excess. As a result, in such circumstances, we could make payments under the tax receivable agreements that are greater than our actual cash tax savings and may not be able to recoup those payments. Any difference between the payments we are required to make under the tax receivable agreements and the underlying tax benefits we actually realize could adversely affect our results of operations and/or our liquidity. Furthermore, because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the tax receivable agreements is substantially dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the tax receivable agreements for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid.

We are controlled by the Investor Group, whose interests may conflict with ours or our creditors.

We are controlled by the Investor Group, which includes affiliates of Blackstone and Hellman & Friedman. The Investor Group controls the election of our directors and thereby has the power to control our affairs and policies, including the appointment of management. Circumstances may occur in which the interests of the Investor Group could be in conflict with our interests. The Investor Group may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financing or other transactions, including, but not limited to, the issuance of additional debt or equity and the declaration and payment of dividends, that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investments, even though such transactions may involve risk to us or to our creditors. Additionally, the Investor Group may make investments in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with us, or may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. For information concerning our arrangements with the Investor Group, including affiliates of Blackstone and Hellman & Friedman, see Part III, Item 13 “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” of this Annual Report.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities or Senior Notes.

As of December 31, 2014, our total debt was $2,204.4 million (before the deduction of unamortized debt discount of $30.5 million), comprised of $1,425.0 million of senior secured indebtedness under our Term Loan Facility, $375.0 million of indebtedness under the 2019 Notes, $375.0 million of indebtedness under the 2020 Notes and $29.4 million of indebtedness under our data sublicense agreement and other financing arrangements. Additionally, we had $119.2 million of unutilized capacity under our

 

25


Table of Contents

Revolving Facility. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to take any of such actions on a timely basis or on terms satisfactory to us or at all.

Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences, including:

 

    making it more difficult for us to make payments on the Senior Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes;

 

    increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;

 

    requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities;

 

    exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as our borrowings under our Senior Credit Facilities are at variable rates of interest;

 

    restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

    limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes;

 

    limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged; and

 

    increasing our cost of borrowing.

Borrowings under our Senior Credit Facilities are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness may increase even though the amount borrowed remains the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease. Due to a floor on the floating rate index of 1.25% under the Term Loan Facility, a 0.125% increase in the floating rates on the funded amounts under our Senior Credit Facilities would have had only a minimal impact on our annual cash interest expense. Assuming all revolving loans are drawn under the Revolving Facility, a 0.125% change in the floating rate would result in an additional $0.2 million increase in our annual cash interest expense. In January 2012, we entered into interest rate swaps that involve the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments that partially reduced our exposure to interest rate volatility. However, we may not maintain these interest rate swaps as currently structured with respect to our variable rate indebtedness, and any future additional swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk.

Despite our substantial indebtedness, we may still be able to incur significantly more debt. The incurrence of additional debt could increase the risks associated with our substantial leverage, including our ability to service our indebtedness.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future, including additional tranches of term loans, increased commitments under the Revolving Facility or the Term Loan Facility or one or more incremental Revolving Facility tranches. Although the indentures governing the Senior Notes and the credit agreement (as amended, the “Senior Credit Agreement”) governing the Senior Credit Facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. If we incur additional indebtedness or other obligations, the current risks related to our substantial leverage would increase and could have a negative impact on us or our credit ratings.

The Senior Credit Agreement provides that, subject to certain conditions, we may request additional tranches of term loans, increase commitments under the Revolving Facility or the Term Loan Facility or add one or more incremental revolving facility tranches (provided that the revolving credit commitments outstanding at any time have no more than three different maturity dates) in an aggregate amount not to exceed (a) $300.0 million plus (b) an unlimited amount at any time, subject to compliance on a pro forma basis with a first lien net leverage ratio of no greater than 4.00:1.00. Availability of such additional tranches of term loans or revolving facilities and/or increased commitments is subject to, among other conditions, the absence of any default under the Senior Credit Agreement and the receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions.

 

26


Table of Contents

The Senior Credit Agreement and the indentures governing our Senior Notes restrict our ability and the ability of most of our subsidiaries to engage in some business and financial transactions.

The Senior Credit Agreement requires us to comply with a quarterly maximum consolidated first lien net leverage ratio test. In addition, our Senior Credit Facilities include negative covenants that, among other things and subject to certain significant exceptions, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

 

    incur additional indebtedness or guarantees;

 

    incur liens;

 

    make investments, loans and acquisitions;

 

    consolidate or merge;

 

    sell assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries;

 

    pay dividends on capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire capital stock of the Company or any restricted subsidiary, subject to customary covenants, including compliance with leverage ratios and subject to limitation based on net income generated during the term of the Senior Credit Agreement;

 

    alter the business we conduct;

 

    amend, prepay, redeem or purchase subordinated debt;

 

    engage in transactions with our affiliates; and

 

    enter into agreements limiting subsidiary dividends and distributions.

Our ability to borrow additional amounts under our Senior Credit Facilities depends upon satisfaction of these and numerous additional covenants related to our financial condition covenant. Events beyond our control can affect our ability to meet these covenants.

The indentures governing our Senior Notes (the “Indentures”) also contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interest, including restrictions on our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

 

    pay dividends on our capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire our capital stock, subject to customary covenants, including compliance with a fixed charge coverage ratio and subject to limitation based on net income generated during the term of the Indentures;

 

    incur additional indebtedness or issue certain capital stock;

 

    incur certain liens;

 

    make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;

 

    consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries;

 

    prepay subordinated debt;

 

    engage in certain transactions with our affiliates; and

 

    enter into agreements restricting our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends.

 

27


Table of Contents

If we or our restricted subsidiaries engage in certain asset sales, we generally must either invest the net proceeds from such sales in our business within a period of time, prepay certain debt (including indebtedness outstanding under our Senior Credit Facilities) or make an offer to purchase a principal amount of the Senior Notes equal to the excess net proceeds, subject to certain exceptions.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, including the Senior Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, seek additional capital, restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the Senior Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes, or sell assets. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The Senior Credit Agreement and the Indentures restrict our ability to use the proceeds from asset sales. We may not be able to consummate those asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices that we believe are fair and proceeds that we do receive may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. In addition, any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit ratings, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We do not own any real property. We lease approximately 178,000 square feet of office space in Nashville, Tennessee, that serves as our corporate headquarters, and such lease is due to expire in October 2018.

In addition to our corporate headquarters, we lease 55,000 total square feet in Nashville, Tennessee that houses a data center and adjoining office space. The initial term on our lease for this space expires in August 2025, and we have the option to extend the lease by two five-year renewal terms. Another primary data center, containing approximately 20,000 square feet of data center space, is located in Memphis, Tennessee, and is subject to a lease agreement due to expire in January 2017.

We also lease approximately 93,000 square feet of office space at a facility in Toledo, Ohio for our patient billing and payment services operations subject to a lease agreement due to expire in February 2022. In addition, we lease approximately 116,000 square feet at a facility in Bridgeton, Missouri, a suburb of St. Louis, which is subject to a lease agreement due to expire in November 2023.

We also lease a number of other data centers, operations, business and sales offices in several states. We believe that our facilities are generally adequate for current and anticipated future use, although we may from time to time lease or vacate additional facilities as our operations require.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to claims, lawsuits and legal proceedings. While it is not possible to ascertain the ultimate outcome of such matters, in management’s opinion, the liabilities, if any, in excess of amounts provided or covered by insurance, are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

We are an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, which is owned by the Investor Group. Accordingly, there is no public trading market for our common stock.

 

28


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Annual Report.

The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial data at the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 presented in this table, have been derived from the historical audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010 presented in this table have been derived from our historical audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report.

On November 2, 2011, Merger Sub merged with and into Emdeon, which resulted in a change in basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Periods prior to the Merger and this change in basis are referred to as “Predecessor” and periods after the Merger are referred to as “Successor.” As a result of the Merger and the resulting change in basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities, the Predecessor and Successor period financial data is not comparable.

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31,
2014
    Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    November 2,
2011 through
December 31,
2011
    January 1, 2011
through
November 1,
2011
    Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 
                 (In thousands)                    

Statement of Operations Data:(1)

              

Revenues(2)

   $ 1,350,413     $ 1,242,567     $ 1,152,313     $ 187,116     $ 913,779     $ 1,002,152  

Costs and expenses:

              

Cost of operations(2)

     803,590       759,409       696,619       111,905       544,407       605,429  

Development and engineering

     33,564       32,538       34,529       5,268       26,828       31,291  

Sales, marketing, general and administrative

     199,977       168,708       146,534       23,910       123,361       123,232  

Depreciation and amortization

     189,218       183,839       187,225       29,094       128,761       124,721  

Accretion

     14,446       26,470       8,666       2,459       —          —     

Impairment of long-lived assets

     83,169       10,619       1,865       —          —          —     

Transaction related costs

     —          —          —          17,857       66,625       —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     1,323,964       1,181,583       1,075,438       190,493       889,982       884,673  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     26,449       60,984       76,875       (3,377     23,797       117,479  

Interest expense, net

     146,829       153,169       172,253       29,343       43,202       61,017  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —          23,160       21,853       —          —          —     

Contingent consideration

     1,307       (69     —          (5,843     (8,036     (9,284

Other

     (3,968     (4,133     1,250       —          13       —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (117,719     (111,143     (118,481     (26,877     (11,382     65,746  

Income tax provision

     (41,865     (36,685     (40,146     (10,185     8,201       32,579  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     (75,854     (74,458     (78,335     (16,692     (19,583     33,167  

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     —          —          —          —          5,109       13,621  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Emdeon Inc.

   $ (75,854   $ (74,458   $ (78,335   $ (16,692   $ (24,692   $ 19,546  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012      2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:(1)

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 82,306       $ 76,538       $ 31,763       $ 37,925       $ 99,188   

Total assets

     3,870,664         3,747,882         3,769,118         3,832,067         2,491,565   

Total debt(3)

     2,173,905         2,030,356         2,017,010         1,961,108         946,243   

Tax receivable obligations to related parties(4)

     163,983         150,496         125,003         117,810         142,279   

Total equity

   $ 902,065       $ 968,546       $ 1,032,151       $ 1,103,789       $ 1,055,288   

 

(1) As a result of our history of business combinations, our financial position and results of operations may not be comparable for each of the periods presented.

 

29


Table of Contents
(2) Rebates to channel partners who are also customers are presented as a reduction of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, and are generally presented within cost of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010.
(3) Our debt at December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 is reflected net of unamortized debt discount of approximately $30.5 million, $33.1 million, $51.3 million, $58.5 million, and $42.6 million, respectively, related to original loan fees and purchase accounting adjustments to discount the debt to fair value. Total debt as of December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 includes an obligation of approximately $17.2 million, $22.5 million, $26.9 million, $30.6 million and $40.3 million, respectively, related to our data sublicense agreement.
(4) In connection with the Merger, the tax receivable obligation to related parties was recorded at fair value. In the Predecessor periods, the liability was recorded at total expected payments.

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion in conjunction with “Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Some of the statements in the following discussion are forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Overview

We are a leading provider of revenue and payment cycle management and clinical information exchange solutions connecting payers, providers, pharmacies and patients in the United States healthcare system. Our solutions integrate and automate key business and administrative functions of our payer, provider and pharmacy customers throughout the patient encounter, including pre-care patient eligibility and benefits verification and enrollment, clinical information exchange, consumer engagement, claims management and adjudication, payment integrity, payment distribution, payment posting and denial management and patient billing and payment services. Our customers are able to improve efficiency, reduce costs, increase cash flow and more efficiently manage the complex revenue and payment cycle and clinical information exchange processes by using our comprehensive suite of solutions.

During 2014, we delivered our solutions and operated our business in three reportable segments: (i) payer services, which provides solutions primarily to commercial insurance companies, third party administrators and governmental payers; (ii) provider services, which provides solutions primarily to hospitals, physician practices, laboratories and other healthcare providers; and (iii) pharmacy services, which provides solutions to pharmacies, pharmacy benefit management companies, government agencies and other payers. Through our payer services segment, we provide payment cycle solutions that simplify the administration of healthcare related to insurance eligibility and benefit verification, claims management, payment integrity and payment distribution. Additionally, we provide patient billing and payment and consulting services through our payer services segment. Through our provider services segment, we provide revenue cycle management solutions, government program eligibility and enrollment services and revenue optimization solutions that simplify providers’ revenue cycle and workflow, reduce related costs and improve cash flow. Through our pharmacy services segment, we provide electronic prescribing, other electronic solutions and benefit administration services related to prescription benefit claim filing, adjudication and management.

There are a number of company-specific initiatives and industry trends that may affect our transaction volumes, revenues, cost of operations and margins. As part of our strategy, we encourage our customers to migrate from paper-based claim, patient billing and payment, payment distribution and other transaction processing to electronic, automated processing in order to improve efficiency. Our business is aligned with our customers to support this transition, and as they migrate from paper-based transaction processing to electronic processing, even though our revenues for an applicable customer generally will decline, our margins and profitability will typically increase. For example, because the cost of postage is included in our revenues for patient billing and payment services (which is then also deducted as a cost of operations), when our customers transition to electronic processing, our revenues and costs of operations are expected to decrease as we will no longer incur or be required to charge for postage. As another example, as our payer customers migrate to comprehensive management services agreements with us, our electronic transaction volume usually increases while the rebates we pay and the per transaction rates we charge under these agreements are typically reduced.

Part of our strategy also includes the development and introduction of new solutions. Our new and updated solutions are likely to require us to incur development and engineering expenditures, both operating and capital, and related sales and marketing costs at levels greater than recent years’ expenditures in order to successfully develop and achieve market acceptance of such solutions. We also may acquire, or enter into agreements with third parties to assist us in providing, new solutions. For example, we offer our electronic payment solutions through banks or vendors who contract with banks and other financial service firms. The costs of these initiatives or the failure to achieve broad penetration in target markets with respect to new or updated solutions may negatively affect our results of operations, margins and cash flow. Because newly introduced solutions generally will have lower margins initially as compared to our existing and more mature solutions, our margins and our margin growth may be adversely affected on a percentage basis until these new solutions achieve scale and maturity.

In addition to our internal development efforts, we actively evaluate opportunities to improve and expand our solutions through strategic acquisitions. Our acquisition strategy focuses on identifying acquisitions that improve and streamline the business and administrative functions of healthcare. We believe our broad customer footprint allows us to deploy acquired solutions into our

 

30


Table of Contents

installed base, which, in turn, can help accelerate growth of our acquired businesses. We also believe our management team’s ability to identify acquisition opportunities that are complementary and synergistic to our business, and to integrate them into our existing operations with minimal disruption, will continue to play an important role in the expansion of our business and our growth. Our success in acquiring and integrating acquired businesses into our existing operations, the associated costs of such acquisitions, including integration costs, and the operating characteristics of the acquired businesses also may impact our results of operations and margins. Because the businesses we acquire sometimes have lower margins than our existing businesses, primarily as a result of their lack of scale and maturity, our margins on a percentage basis may be adversely affected in the periods subsequent to an acquisition from revenue mix changes and integration activities associated with these acquisitions.

We also expect to continue to be affected by general economic, regulatory and demographic factors affecting the healthcare industry. For several years, there has been pricing pressure in our industry, particularly as it relates to our claims management solutions, which has led and is expected to continue to lead to reduced prices for the same services. We have sought in the past and will continue to seek to mitigate pricing pressure by providing additional value-added solutions, increasing the volume of solutions we provide and managing our costs. In addition, significant changes in regulatory schemes, such as HIPAA, ARRA, ACA and other federal healthcare policy initiatives, impact our customers’ healthcare activities and can result in increased operating costs and capital expenditures for us. In particular, we believe the ACA has significantly affected the regulatory environment in which we and our customers operate by changing how healthcare services are covered, delivered and reimbursed through expanded coverage of uninsured individuals, reduced federal healthcare program spending, increased efforts to link federal healthcare program payments to quality and efficiency and insurance market reforms. Also, changes in federal and state reimbursement patterns and rates can impact the revenues in certain of our businesses. We are unable to predict how providers, payers, pharmacies and other healthcare market participants will respond to the various reform provisions of ACA, and we cannot be sure that the markets for our solutions will continue to exist at current levels or that we will have adequate technical, financial and marketing resources to react to changes in those markets.

Demographic trends affecting the healthcare industry, such as population growth and aging or unemployment rates, also could affect the frequency and nature of our customers’ healthcare transactional activity. The impact of such changes could impact our revenues, cost of operations and infrastructure expenses and thereby affect our results of operations and the way we operate our business. For example, an increase in the United States population, if such increase is accompanied by an increase in the United States population that has health benefits, or the aging of the United States population, which requires an overall increased need for healthcare services, may result in an increase in our transaction volumes which, in turn, may increase our revenues and cost of operations. Alternatively, a general economic downturn, which reduces the number of discretionary health procedures by patients, or a persistent high unemployment rate, which lessens healthcare utilization, may decrease or offset other growth in our transaction volumes, which, in turn, may adversely impact our revenues and cost of operations.

Recent Developments

We reorganized our segments to align with our solution and service offerings effective January 1, 2015. This discussion and analysis reflects our segments as managed during the periods presented.

In January 2014, we effected a change in the tax status of EBS Master LLC (“EBS Master”) from a partnership to a corporation. Prior to the tax status change, we recognized a deferred tax liability for the difference in the book and tax basis of its investment in EBS Master (i.e. outside basis). Following the tax status change, our deferred tax balances reflect the differences in the book and tax bases of the individual assets and liabilities included in the corporation. In addition, as a result of the change in tax status, we were required to revise the apportionment of our income taxes among various state taxing jurisdictions. The effect of this change in tax status resulted in the recognition of an income tax benefit.

In February 2014, we acquired all of the equity interests of Vieosoft, Inc. (“Vieosoft”), a development stage enterprise, for initial cash consideration, contingent cash consideration that varies based on the performance of the acquired business in each of the four years following the acquisition and the assumption of certain liabilities. Contingent consideration payments are limited to a maximum of $43.1 million on a cumulative basis over the respective periods.

In July 2014, we acquired all of the equity interests of Capario, Inc. (“Capario”), a technology-enabled provider of revenue cycle management solutions, for initial cash consideration and the assumption of certain liabilities.

In November 2014, we acquired all of the equity interests of Change Healthcare Corporation (“Change Healthcare”), a technology-enabled provider of healthcare consumer engagement and transparency solutions, for initial cash consideration, contingent cash consideration that varies based on the performance of the acquired business in each of the three years following the acquisition and the assumption of certain liabilities. Contingent consideration payments are limited to a maximum of $50.0 million on a cumulative basis over the respective periods.

In December 2014, we acquired all of the equity interests of Adminisource Communications, Inc. (“Adminisource”), a technology-enabled provider of payment and communication solutions, for initial cash consideration and the assumption of certain liabilities.

 

31


Table of Contents

Our Revenues and Expenses

We generate virtually all of our revenue by using technology solutions to provide our customers services that automate and simplify business and administrative functions for payers, providers and pharmacies generally on either a per transaction, per document, per communication, per member per month, per provider per month, monthly flat-fee, contingent fee or hourly basis.

Cost of operations consists primarily of costs related to services we provide to customers and costs associated with the operation and maintenance of our networks. These costs primarily include postage and materials costs related to our patient billing and payment and payment distribution services, rebates paid to our channel partners (net of rebates to certain customers that offset revenue) and data communications costs, all of which generally vary with our revenues and/or volumes. Cost of operations also includes personnel costs associated with production, network operations, customer support and other personnel, facilities expenses and equipment maintenance, all of which vary less directly with our revenue and/or volumes due to the fixed or semi-fixed nature of these expenses.

The largest component of our cost of operations is postage, which is incurred in our patient billing and payment and payment distribution services businesses and which is also a component of our revenue in those businesses. Our postage costs increase as our patient billing and payment services volumes increase and also when the USPS increases postage rates. Postage rate increases, while generally billed as pass-through costs to our customers, affect our cost of operations as a percentage of revenue. In prior years, we have offset the impact of postage rate increases on cost of operations as a percentage of revenue through cost reductions from efficiency measures, including data communication expense reductions and production efficiencies. Though we plan to implement additional efficiency measures, we may not be able to offset the impact of postage rate increases in the future and, as a result, cost of operations as a percentage of revenue may increase if postage rate increases continue. Although the USPS historically has increased postage rates annually in most recent years, including in January 2013 and 2014 and has proposed an increase in April 2015, the frequency and nature of such annual increases may not occur as regularly in the future.

Rebates are paid to channel partners for electronic and other volumes delivered through our network to certain payers and can be impacted by the number of comprehensive management services agreements we execute with payers, the associated rate structure with our payer customers, the success of our direct sales efforts to providers and the extent to which direct connections to payers are developed by our channel partners. While these rebates are generally a component of our cost of operations, in cases where the channel partners are also our customers, these rebates generally are recognized as an offset to revenue.

Our data communication expense consists of telecommunication and transaction processing charges.

Our materials costs relate primarily to our patient statements and payment services volumes, and consist primarily of paper and printing costs.

Development and engineering expense consists primarily of personnel costs related to the development, management and maintenance of our current and future solutions. We may invest more in this area in the future as we develop new and enhance existing solutions.

Sales, marketing, general and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel costs associated with our sales, account management and marketing functions, as well as management, administrative and other shared corporate services related to the operations of our operating segments and overall business operations.

Our development and engineering expense, sales, marketing, general and administrative expense and corporate expense, while related to our current operations, also are affected and influenced by our future plans including the development of new solutions, business strategies and enhancement and maintenance of our infrastructure.

Our depreciation and amortization expense is related to depreciation of our property and equipment, including technology assets, and amortization of intangible assets acquired and recorded in conjunction with acquisition method accounting. As a result, the amount of depreciation and amortization expense is affected by the level of our recent investment in property and equipment and the level of our recent acquisition activity.

Our interest expense consists principally of cash interest associated with our long-term debt obligations and non-cash interest associated with the amortization of borrowing costs and discounts related to debt issuance. If market interest rates on the variable portion of our long-term debt increase in the future, our interest expense may increase.

Our income taxes consist of federal and state income taxes. These amounts include current income taxes payable, as well as income taxes for which the payment is deferred to future periods and dependent on the occurrence of future events. Our income taxes are affected by the recognition of valuation allowances, our tax status and other items. For additional information, see the discussion of income taxes in the section “Significant Items Affecting Comparability-Income Taxes”.

 

32


Table of Contents

Significant Items Affecting Comparability

Certain significant items or events should be considered to better understand differences in our results of operations from period to period. We believe that the following items or events have had a significant impact on our results of operations for the periods discussed below or may have a significant impact on our results of operations in future periods:

Acquisitions and Divestitures

We actively evaluate opportunities to improve and expand our business through targeted acquisitions that are consistent with our strategy. On occasion, we also may dispose of certain components of our business that no longer fit within our overall strategy. Because of our acquisition and divestiture activity as well as the shifting revenue mix of our business due to this activity, our results of operations may not be directly comparable among periods. The following summarizes our acquisition transactions since January 1, 2012 and affected segments:

 

Date

  

Business

  

Description

  

Affected
Segment

May 2012    TC3 Health, Inc. (“TC3”)    Technology-enabled provider of cost containment and payment integrity solutions    Payer Services
June 2013    Goold Health Systems (“Goold”)    Technology-enabled provider of pharmacy benefit and related services primarily to state Medicaid agencies    Pharmacy Services
February 2014    Vieosoft    Development stage enterprise    Pharmacy Services
July 2014    Capario    Technology-enabled provider of revenue cycle management solutions    Payer Services and Provider Services
November 2014    Change Healthcare    Technology-enabled provider of healthcare consumer engagement solutions    All Other
December 2014    Adminisource    Technology-enabled provider of payment and communications solutions    Payer Services

For certain of our acquisitions, we agreed to transfer additional consideration to the sellers of the acquired businesses in the event that specified performance measures are achieved, including Goold, Vieosoft and Change Healthcare. United States generally accepted accounting principles generally require us to recognize the initial fair value of the expected amount to be paid under such contingent consideration arrangements as a component of the total consideration transferred. Subsequent changes in the fair value of the amounts expected to be paid, however, are generally required to be recognized as a component of net income. Such changes in fair value may occur based on changes in the expected timing or amount of payments or the effect of discounting the liability for the time value of money.

Efficiency Measures

We evaluate and implement efficiency measures and other cost savings initiatives on an ongoing basis to improve our financial and operating performance through reorganization, cost savings, productivity improvements, product development and other process improvements. For instance, we continue to evaluate measures to consolidate our data centers, operations and networks, to outsource certain information technology and operations functions and to streamline product development. The implementation of these measures often involves upfront cash costs related to severance, professional fees, contractor costs and/or capital expenditures, with the cost savings or other improvements not realized until the measures are successfully completed. Additionally, we may recognize impairment charges as a result of such initiatives.

Income Taxes

Our blended statutory federal and state income tax rate generally ranges from 37% to 40%. Our effective income tax rate, however, is affected by several factors. The following table and subsequent commentary reconciles our federal statutory rate to our effective income tax rate and the subsequent commentary describes the more significant of the reconciling factors:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2013     2012  

Statutory U.S. federal tax rate

     35.00     35.00     35.00

State income taxes (net of federal benefit)

     1.00        (1.89     (2.95

Other

     0.79        (0.10     (1.02

Domestic production activities

     —          —          2.85   

Change in tax status

     (1.23     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

  35.56   33.01   33.88
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

33


Table of Contents

State Income Taxes—Our effective tax rate for state income taxes is generally impacted by changes in our apportionment. In addition, our effective tax rate for state income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2014 was affected by the change in tax status of EBS Master from a partnership to a corporation in January 2014.

Change in Tax Status—Prior to the change in tax status of EBS Master from a partnership to a corporation, we recognized a deferred tax liability for the difference in the book and tax basis of our investment in EBS Master (i.e. outside basis). The outside tax basis of the investment in EBS Master excluded consideration of goodwill within EBS Master that otherwise would have no tax basis. Following the tax status change, our deferred tax balances reflect only the difference in the book and tax bases of the individual assets and liabilities included in the corporation.

Amendments of the Senior Credit Agreement

Our interest expense primarily is affected by the amount of debt funding and the applicable variable interest rates, including a fixed spread, under our Senior Credit Agreement. In April 2012, we amended the Senior Credit Agreement to reprice the Senior Credit Facilities and borrow $80.0 million of additional term loans for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. As a result of these amendments, the LIBOR-based interest rate applicable to our Senior Credit Facilities was generally reduced by 175 basis points. The Senior Credit Agreement was also amended in April 2013 to further reduce the LIBOR-based interest rate by an additional 125 basis points, and to modify certain financial covenants. In December 2014, we borrowed an additional $160,000 under an incremental term loan facility (“Incremental Term Loan”) through an amendment to our Senior Credit Agreement.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

During the year ended December 31, 2014, our pharmacy services segment received notice that its existing contract with a customer would not be renewed in full upon its expiration. As a result, we abandoned a customer related project that was under development and assessed the recoverability of the net assets included in the relevant asset group. We recognized a $73.2 million impairment charge to write off the abandoned project and to adjust the carrying value of the asset group to its fair value.

Additionally, we abandoned certain pharmacy services and provider services segment development projects in connection with execution of certain strategic initiatives. We recognized impairment charges of $10.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 related to these abandoned projects.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures. We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if:

 

    it requires assumptions to be made that were uncertain at the time the estimate was made; and

 

    changes in the estimate or different estimates that could have been made could have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

The following discussion of critical accounting estimates is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies that require estimates and highlights only those policies that involve estimates that we believe entail a higher degree of judgment and complexity. We believe the current assumptions and other considerations used to estimate amounts reflected in our consolidated financial statements are appropriate. However, if actual experience differs from the assumptions and other considerations used in estimating amounts reflected in our consolidated financial statements, the resulting changes could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

The discussion that follows presents information about our critical accounting estimates, as well as the effects of hypothetical changes in the material assumptions used to develop each estimate:

Revenue Recognition

We generate most of our revenue by using technology solutions to provide services to our customers that automate and simplify business and administrative functions for payers, providers and pharmacies, generally on either a per transaction, per document, per communication, per member per month, per provider per month, monthly flat-fee, contingent fee or hourly basis.

Revenue for transaction services, payment distribution services, patient billing and payment services and consulting services is recognized as the services are provided. Postage fees related to our payment distribution services and patient billing and payment services volumes are recorded on a gross basis. Revenue for our government eligibility and enrollment services and accounts receivable management services generally is recognized at the time that our provider customer receives notice from the payer of a pending payment. Revenue for payment integrity services is recognized at the time that notice of customer acceptance is received.

 

34


Table of Contents

Cash receipts or billings in advance of revenue recognition are recorded as deferred revenues in our consolidated balance sheets.

We exclude sales and use tax from revenue in our consolidated statements of operations.

Business Combinations

We recognize the consideration transferred (i.e. purchase price) in a business combination as well as the acquired business’ identifiable assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests at their acquisition date fair value. The excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interest, if any, is recorded as goodwill. Any excess of the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed over the consideration transferred, if any, is generally recognized within earnings as of the acquisition date. To the extent that our initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete at the end of a reporting period, provisional amounts are reported for those items which are incomplete. We retroactively adjust such provisional amounts as of the acquisition date once new information is received about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.

The fair value of the consideration transferred, assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests is estimated based on one or a combination of income, cost or market approaches as determined based on the nature of the asset or liability and the level of inputs available to us (i.e., quoted prices in an active market, other observable inputs or unobservable inputs). With respect to assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interest, the determination of fair value requires management to make subjective judgments as to projections of future operating performance, the appropriate discount rate to apply, long-term growth rates, etc. The effect of these judgments then impacts the amount of the goodwill that is recorded and the amount of depreciation and amortization expense to be recognized in future periods related to tangible and intangible assets acquired.

With respect to the consideration transferred, certain of our acquisitions include contingent consideration, the fair value of which is generally required to be measured each quarter until resolution of the contingency. In addition to the judgments applicable to valuing tangible and intangible assets, the determination of the fair value of the attainment of certain specified financial performance measures requires management to make subjective judgments as to the probability and timing of the attainment of certain specified financial performance measures. The determination of the fair value of the contingent consideration is particularly sensitive to judgments relative to the probability of achieving the specified financial performance measures.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets from our acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets generally as follows:

 

Customer relationships

  5-20 years   

Tradenames

  3-20 years   

Data sublicense agreement

  6 years   

Non-compete agreements

  2-5 years   

Backlog

  4 years   

With respect to intangible assets (excluding goodwill), we review for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For those assets that are held and used, we recognize an impairment loss only if its carrying amount is not recoverable through its undiscounted cash flows and measure the impairment loss based on the difference between the carrying amount and fair value. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell.

We assess our goodwill for impairment annually (as of October 1 of each year) or whenever significant indicators of impairment are present. We first assess whether we can reach a more likely than not conclusion that goodwill is not impaired via qualitative analysis alone. To the extent such a conclusion cannot be reached based solely on a qualitative assessment, we (using the assistance of a valuation specialist as appropriate) compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its associated carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, then a hypothetical acquisition method allocation is performed to determine the amount of the goodwill impairment to recognize.

During 2014, we identified payer services, provider services and pharmacy services as our reportable segments. These reportable segments, together with our channel partner and dental operating segments, are our reporting units. We estimate the fair value of our reporting units using a methodology that considers both income and market approaches. Specifically, for 2014, we estimated fair value of our reporting units based on the weighted average of fair value measures estimated under the income and market approaches.

Each approach requires the use of certain assumptions. The income approach requires management to exercise judgment in making assumptions regarding the reporting unit’s future income stream, a discount rate and a constant rate of growth after the initial five year forecast period utilized. These assumptions are subject to change based on business and economic conditions and could

 

35


Table of Contents

materially affect the indicated values of our reporting units. For example, a 100 basis point increase in our selected discount rate would result in a decrease in the indicated value of our payer services, provider services, pharmacy services, channel partner and dental reporting units of approximately $182 million, $78 million, $32 million, $22 million and $10 million, respectively. However, as the indicated fair value of each reporting unit exceeded their respective carrying values in the most recent annual impairment test by approximately $1,232 million, $247 million, $149 million, $104 million and $27 million, respectively, we do not believe that any of our reporting units are at risk of failing step one of our annual impairment test.

The market approach requires management to exercise judgment in its selection of guideline companies, as well in its selection of the most relevant transaction multiple. Guideline companies selected are comparable to us in terms of product or service offerings, markets and/or customers, among other characteristics.

Income Taxes

We record deferred income taxes for the tax effect of differences between book and tax bases of our assets and liabilities, as well as differences related to the timing of recognition of income and expenses.

Deferred income taxes reflect the available net operating losses and the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Realization of the future tax benefits related to deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including our past earnings history, expected future earnings, the character and jurisdiction of such earnings, reversing taxable temporary differences, unsettled circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved would adversely affect utilization of our deferred tax assets, carryback and carryforward periods and tax strategies that could potentially enhance the likelihood of realization of a deferred tax asset.

We recognize tax benefits for uncertain tax positions at the time that we conclude the tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. The benefit, if any, is measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions failing to qualify for initial recognition are recognized in the first subsequent interim period that they meet the more likely than not standard, are resolved through negotiation or litigation with the taxing authority or on expiration of the statute of limitations.

Tax Receivable Agreement Obligations

We are a party to tax receivable agreements which obligate us to make payments to certain of our current and former owners, including affiliates of Blackstone, Hellman & Friedman and certain members of management (collectively, the “TRA Members”), equal to 85% of the applicable cash savings that we realize as a result of tax attributes arising from certain previous transactions, including the Merger.

Prior to the Merger, the our balance sheet reflected these obligations at the amount that was both probable and reasonably estimable. In connection with the Merger, the tax receivable agreement obligations were adjusted to their fair value. The determination of the fair value required management to make assumptions as to the timing of the realization of net operating losses, the timing of payments to the TRA Members and the tax rates in effect during the life of the agreements. Changes in any of these or other factors are expected to impact the timing and amount of gross payments.

The fair value of these obligations at the time of the Merger is being accreted to the amount of the gross expected obligation using the interest method. Changes in the amount of these obligations resulting from changes to either the timing or amount of cash flows are recognized in the period of change and measured using the discount rate inherent in the initial fair value of the obligations. The accretion of these obligations is classified as a separate caption in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

36


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively (amounts in thousands).

 

           Year Ended        
     December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  
           % of           % of           % of  
     Amount     Revenue     Amount     Revenue     Amount     Revenue  

Revenues

   $ 1,350,413       100.0    $ 1,242,567       100.0    $ 1,152,313       100.0 

Cost and expenses:

            

Cost of operations (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below)

     803,590       59.5       759,409       61.1       696,619       60.5  

Development and engineering

     33,564       2.5       32,538       2.6       34,529       3.0  

Sales, marketing, general and administrative

     199,977       14.8       168,708       13.6       146,534       12.7  

Depreciation and amortization

     189,218       14.0       183,839       14.8       187,225       16.2  

Accretion

     14,446       1.1       26,470       2.1       8,666       0.8  

Impairment of long-lived assets

     83,169       6.2       10,619       0.9       1,865       0.2  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Operating income

  26,449     2.0     60,984     4.9     76,875     6.7  

Interest expense, net

  146,829     10.9     153,169     12.3     172,253     14.9  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  —        —        23,160     1.9     21,853     1.9  

Contingent consideration

  1,307     0.1     (69   (0.0   —        —     

Other

  (3,968   (0.3   (4,133   (0.3   1,250     0.1  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Income (loss) before income tax provision (benefit)

  (117,719   (8.7   (111,143   (8.9   (118,481   (10.3

Income tax provision (benefit)

  (41,865   (3.1   (36,685   (3.0   (40,146   (3.5
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net income (loss)

$ (75,854   (5.6 )%  $ (74,458   (6.0 )%  $ (78,335   (6.8 )% 
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

37


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013

Revenues

Our total revenues were $1,350.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $1,242.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $107.8 million, or 8.7%. Factors affecting our revenues are described in the various segment discussions below.

Cost of Operations

Our total cost of operations was $803.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $759.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $44.2 million, or 5.8%. As a percentage of revenue, our cost of operations was 59.5% for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to 61.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in our cost of operations is primarily due to business growth, including approximately $17.3 million related to the inclusion of the acquired businesses, approximately $9.5 million related to the impact of the United States postage rate increase effective in January 2014 and increased labor and strategic growth initiative costs. The decrease in our cost of operations as a percentage of revenue is primarily due to changes in revenue mix and increased productivity.

Development and Engineering Expense

Our total development and engineering expense was $33.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $32.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $1.0 million, or 3.2%. The increase in our development and engineering expense is primarily due to strategic growth initiative and labor costs.

Sales, Marketing, General and Administrative Expense

Our total sales, marketing, general and administrative expense was $200.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $168.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $31.3 million, or 18.5%. The increase in our sales, marketing, general and administrative expense was primarily due to approximately $8.1 million related to increased strategic growth initiatives and acquisition-related costs, approximately $6.4 million related to the inclusion of the acquired businesses, approximately $3.0 million related to the settlement of a vendor dispute and approximately $1.9 million related to canceling product development projects.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Our depreciation and amortization expense was $189.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $183.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $5.4 million, or 2.9%. This increase was primarily due to increased capital expenditures and acquisition activity, partially offset by the effects of the impairment charge related to the pending partial loss of a customer contract.

Accretion Expense

Our accretion expense was $14.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $26.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The amount recognized as accretion expense can vary significantly from period to period due to changes in estimates related to the amount or timing of our tax receivable agreement obligation payments. Such changes can result from a variety of factors, including changes in tax rates and the expected timing of prior net operating loss utilization, which can be affected by business combinations, changes in leverage, operations or other factors.

Interest Expense

Our interest expense was $146.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $153.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $6.3 million, or 4.1%. This decrease was primarily due to the effect of lower interest rates on the Senior Credit Facilities as a result of the April 2013 repricing transaction and continued principal amortization, partially offset by the impact of the Incremental Term Loan.

Income Taxes

Our income tax benefit was $41.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $36.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Our effective tax rate was 35.6% for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to 33.0% for the year ended December 31, 2013. Differences between the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rates for these periods principally relate to the change in tax status of EBS Master from a partnership to a corporation in January 2014, a decrease in state income tax rates and return to provision adjustments related to the 2013 tax year that we recognized in 2014.

 

38


Table of Contents

Segment Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA

During 2014, we operated our business in three reportable segments: payer services, provider services and pharmacy services. In addition to these reportable segments, we reported financial information for three additional operating segments on an aggregate basis, one of which provides revenue cycle management solutions through channel partners, one of which provides revenue cycle solutions, either directly or through channel partners, to dental practices and one, beginning in December 2014 following the acquisition of Change Healthcare, which provides consumer engagement solutuions. We also maintain a corporate function which includes management, administrative and other shared corporate services such as information technology, legal, finance, human resources, marketing and product management.

The segment profit measure primarily utilized by management is adjusted EBITDA which is defined as EBITDA (defined as net income before net interest expense, income tax provision (benefit) and depreciation and amortization), plus certain other non-cash or non-operating items. The non-cash or other non-operating items affecting the segment profit measure generally include equity compensation; acquisition accounting adjustments; acquisition-related costs; strategic initiatives, duplicative and transition costs; impairment of long lived assets; and contingent consideration adjustments. Adjusted EBITDA for the respective segments excludes all costs and adjustments associated with the above-referenced corporate functions. Financial information for each of our segments is set forth in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 15 of this Annual Report.

Payer Services

Our payer services segment revenue and adjusted EBITDA is summarized in the following table (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      December 31,         
     2014      2013      $ Change  

Revenue:

        

Claims management

   $ 297,199       $ 290,980       $ 6,219   

Payment distribution services

     290,969         261,168         29,801   

Patient billing and payment services

     273,911         251,497         22,414   

Intersegment revenue

     8,723         6,006         2,717   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 870,802    $ 809,651    $ 61,151   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

$ 282,901    $ 264,076    $ 18,825   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Claims management revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased by $6.2 million, or 2.1%, as compared to the prior year period. Claims management revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 includes a one-time reduction of revenue of $4.6 million related to inaccurate data supplied by one of our customers. Excluding this one-time reduction, claims management revenue increased by $10.8 million, or 3.7%, primarily due to revenue of $5.4 million from the Capario acquisition and new sales and implementations.

Payment distribution services revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased by $29.8 million, or 11.4%, as compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily driven by new sales and implementations and the impact of the USPS postage rate increase effective in January 2014, partially offset by customer attrition.

Patient billing and payment services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased by $22.4 million, or 8.9%, as compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily driven by the impact of the USPS postage rate increase effective in January 2014 and new sales and implementations, partially offset by customer attrition.

Payer services adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased by $18.8 million, or 7.1%, as compared to the prior year period. As a percentage of revenue, payer services adjusted EBITDA was 32.5% for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to 32.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in payer services adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to the impact of the revenue items described above, partially offset by strategic growth initiative costs.

 

39


Table of Contents

Provider Services

Our provider services segment revenue and adjusted EBITDA is summarized in the following table (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      December 31,         
     2014      2013      $ Change  

Revenue:

        

Revenue cycle technology

   $ 127,565       $ 118,298       $ 9,267   

Revenue cycle services

     134,126         123,471         10,655   

Physician services

     43,250         37,329         5,921   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 304,941    $ 279,098    $ 25,843   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

$ 144,009    $ 124,345    $ 19,664   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue cycle technology revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased by $9.3 million, or 7.8%, as compared to the prior year period primarily due to new sales and implementations, partially offset by customer attrition.

Revenue cycle services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased by $10.7 million, or 8.6%, as compared to the prior year period primarily due to new sales and implementations and improved reimbursement patterns of federal and state payers related to our government eligibility and enrollment services, partially offset by customer attrition.

Physician services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased by $5.9 million, or 15.9%, as compared to the prior year period primarily due to the Capario acquisition and new sales and implementations, partially offset by customer attrition.

Provider services adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased by $19.7 million, or 15.8%, as compared to the prior year period. As a percentage of revenue, provider services adjusted EBITDA was 47.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to 44.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in provider services adjusted EBITDA and as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to the impact of the revenue items described above and efficiency measures, partially offset by increased strategic growth initiative costs.

Pharmacy Services

Our pharmacy services segment revenue and adjusted EBITDA is summarized in the following table (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      December 31,         
     2014      2013      $ Change  

Revenue:

        

Pharmacy services

   $ 125,978       $ 112,083       $ 13,895   

Intersegment revenue

     352         334         18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 126,330    $ 112,417    $ 13,913   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

$ 66,802    $ 63,528    $ 3,274   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pharmacy services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased by $13.9 million, or 12.4%, as compared to the prior year period. Pharmacy services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 included $23.5 million and $11.7 million, respectively, related to the Goold acquisition. Excluding this revenue, pharmacy services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased by $2.1 million, or 2.0%, as compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily due to new sales and implementations, partially offset by customer attrition.

Pharmacy services adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased by $3.3 million, or 5.2%, as compared to the prior year period. The increase in pharmacy services adjusted EBITDA is primarily due to the impact of the revenue items described above. As a percentage of revenue, pharmacy services adjusted EBITDA was 52.9% for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to 56.5% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in pharmacy services adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to increased strategic growth initiative and channel partner costs, changes in revenue mix and the impact of the Goold and Vieosoft acquisitions.

 

40


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

Revenues

Our total revenues were $1,242.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $1,152.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $90.3 million, or 7.8%. Factors affecting our revenues are described in the various segment discussions below.

Cost of Operations

Our total cost of operations was $759.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $696.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $62.8 million, or 9.0%. As a percentage of revenue, our cost of operations was 61.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 60.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in our cost of operations and as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to volume growth, including approximately $13.7 million related to the inclusion of acquired businesses, approximately $3.5 million related to the impact of the USPS postage rate increases effective in January 2012 and January 2013, and increased strategic growth initiative, acquisition-related and non-employee labor costs.

Development and Engineering Expense

Our total development and engineering expense was $32.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $34.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $2.0 million, or 5.8%. The decrease in our development and engineering expense is primarily due to labor utilization and other efficiencies.

Sales, Marketing, General and Administrative Expense

Our total sales, marketing, general and administrative expense was $168.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $146.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $22.2 million, or 15.1%. The increase in our sales, marketing, general and administrative expense was primarily due to approximately $10.6 million related to a charge related to canceling a product development project, approximately $5.0 million related to an estimated potential loss associated with a vendor fee dispute, approximately $4.7 million related to the inclusion of acquired businesses, approximately $3.1 million related to increased severance costs as a result of the departure of our former chief executive officer and other executives, and increased equity compensation expense and strategic growth initiative costs. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in fees associated with the April 2012 and April 2013 amendments of the Senior Credit Agreement, other professional fees and software maintenance costs.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Our depreciation and amortization expense was $183.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $187.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $3.4 million, or 1.8%. This decrease was primarily due to the full amortization of our backlog intangible assets that were initially recorded in connection with the Merger, partially offset by additional expense attributable to increased capital expenditures and acquisition activity.

Accretion Expense

Our accretion expense was $26.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The amount recognized as accretion expense can vary significantly from period to period due to changes in estimates related to the amount or timing of our tax receivable agreement obligation payments. Such changes can result from a variety of factors, including changes in tax rates and the expected timing of prior net operating loss utilization, which can be affected by business combinations, changes in leverage, operations or other factors. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2013 was related to changes in estimate caused by the Goold acquisition, as well as the April 2013 repricing of our Senior Credit Agreement.

Interest Expense

Our interest expense was $153.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $172.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $19.1 million, or 11.1%. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes the effect of lower interest rates on the Senior Credit Agreement as a result of the April 2012 and April 2013 repricing transactions, partially offset by additional borrowings in connection with the TC3 acquisition.

 

41


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

Our income tax benefit was $36.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to an income tax benefit of $40.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our effective tax rate was 33.0% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 33.9% for the year ended December 31, 2012. Differences between the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rates for these periods principally relate to an increase in state tax rates and a change in methodology of estimating state income taxes from a separate return basis to, where permitted by the state taxing authorities, a consolidated state return basis.

Segment Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA

Payer Services

Our payer services revenue and adjusted EBITDA is summarized in the following table (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      December 31,         
     2013      2012      $ Change  

Revenue:

        

Claims management

   $ 290,980       $ 251,073       $ 39,907   

Payment distribution services

     261,168         253,499         7,669   

Patient billing and payment services

     251,497         253,576         (2,079

Intersegment revenue

     6,006         4,832         1,174   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 809,651    $ 762,980    $ 46,671   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

$ 264,076    $ 245,689    $ 18,387   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Claims management revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $39.9 million, or 15.9%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Claims management revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 included $47.0 million related to the TC3 acquisition as compared to $25.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Excluding this revenue, claims management revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $18.3 million, or 7.3%, as compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily due to new sales and implementations, partially offset by the impact of market pricing pressures on our transaction rates.

Payment distribution services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $7.7 million, or 3.0%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily driven by new sales and implementations and the impact of the USPS postage rate increases effective in January 2012 and January 2013, partially offset by customer attrition.

Patient billing and payment services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased by $2.1 million, or 0.8%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to customer attrition and lower volumes, partially offset by new sales and implementations and the impact of the USPS postage rate increases effective in January 2012 and January 2013.

Payer services adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $18.4 million, or 7.5%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. As a percentage of revenue, payer services adjusted EBITDA was 32.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 32.2% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in payer services adjusted EBITDA and as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to the impact of the revenue items described above, including the TC3 acquisition, partially offset by increased strategic growth initiative costs.

Provider Services

Our provider revenue cycle solutions segment revenue and adjusted EBITDA is summarized in the following table (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      December 31,         
     2013      2012      $ Change  

Revenue:

        

Revenue cycle technology

   $ 118,298       $ 105,936       $ 12,362   

Revenue cycle services

     123,471         114,487         8,984   

Physician services

     37,329         34,629         2,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 279,098    $ 255,052    $ 24,046   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

$ 124,345    $ 113,925    $ 10,420   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue cycle technology revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $12.4 million, or 11.7%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to new sales and implementations, partially offset by customer attrition.

 

42


Table of Contents

Revenue cycle services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $9.0 million, or 7.8%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to new sales and implementations, partially offset by contracted service modifications and the effects of changing reimbursement patterns and rates of federal and state payers related to our government program eligibility and enrollment services.

Physician services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $2.7 million, or 7.8%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to new sales and implementations, partially offset by customer attrition.

Provider services adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $10.4 million, or 9.1%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. As a percentage of revenue, provider services adjusted EBITDA was 44.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 44.7% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in provider services adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to the impact of the revenue items described above, partially offset by increased labor costs in advance of related revenues, contracted service modifications and the effects of changing reimbursement patterns and rates of federal and state payers related to our government program eligibility and enrollment.

Pharmacy Services

Our pharmacy services revenue and adjusted EBITDA is summarized in the following table (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      December 31,         
     2013      2012      $ Change  

Revenue:

        

Pharmacy services

   $ 112,083       $ 95,079       $ 17,004   

Intersegment revenue

     334         350         (16
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 112,417    $ 95,429    $ 16,988   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

$ 63,528    $ 58,453    $ 5,075   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pharmacy services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $17.0 million, or 17.9%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Pharmacy services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 included $11.7 million related to the Goold acquisition. Excluding this revenue, pharmacy services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $5.3 million, or 5.6%, as compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily due to new sales and implementations.

Pharmacy services adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $5.1 million, or 8.7%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in pharmacy services adjusted EBITDA is primarily due to the impact of the revenue items described above. As a percentage of revenue, pharmacy services adjusted EBITDA was 56.5% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 61.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to increased strategic growth initiative and channel partner costs and the impact of the Goold acquisition, partially offset by the impact of the revenue items discussed above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

General

We are a holding company with no material business operations. Our principal assets are the equity interests we own in our subsidiaries. We conduct all of our business operations through our direct and indirect subsidiaries. Accordingly, our only material sources of cash are borrowings under our Senior Credit Facilities and dividends or other distributions or payments that are derived from earnings and cash flow generated by our subsidiaries.

We anticipate cash generated by operations, the funds available under our Senior Credit Facilities, including the Revolving Facility, and existing cash and equivalents will be sufficient to meet working capital requirements, service our debt and finance capital expenditures. There can be no assurance, however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under our Senior Credit Facilities in amounts sufficient to enable us to repay our indebtedness, or to fund other liquidity needs.

We and our subsidiaries, affiliates or significant stockholders may from time to time seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt (including our Senior Notes) through cash purchases and/or exchanges for equity securities, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

 

43


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

Operating Activities

Cash provided by operating activities was $205.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $150.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $55.3 million. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to business growth, including the effects of acquisitions, the timing and reduction of interest payments under our Senior Credit Facilities and the timing of collections and disbursements.

Cash provided by operating activities was $150.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $78.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $71.5 million. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to business growth, the timing and reduction of interest payments under our Senior Credit Facilities and the timing of collections and disbursements.

Cash provided by operating activities can be significantly impacted by our non-cash working capital assets and liabilities, which may vary based on the timing of cash receipts that fluctuate by day of week and/or month and also may be impacted by cash management decisions.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities was $308.2 million, $83.6 million and $121.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Cash used in investing activities for all such periods primarily consisted of cash consideration paid for acquisitions and capital expenditures for property and equipment. In addition, the Company received proceeds of $0.7 million and $5.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, related to the sale of its equity interest in a cost method investment.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities was $108.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, which primarily consisted of net proceeds from additional term loans of $157.6 million received in connection with the December 2014 Incremental Term Loan amendment of our Senior Credit Agreement, partially offset by principal payments under our Senior Credit Facilities, debt assumed from acquisitions and deferred financing arrangements.

Cash used in financing activities was $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, which primarily consisted of principal payments under our Senior Credit Facilities and deferred financing arrangements.

Cash provided by financing activities was $36.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, which primarily consisted of net proceeds from additional term loans of $70.4 million received in connection with the April 2012 amendment of our Senior Credit Agreement, partially offset by principal payments under our Senior Credit Facilities.

 

44


Table of Contents

Long-term Debt

In November 2011, we entered into the Senior Credit Agreement which was comprised of the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Facility, $375.0 million of 2019 Notes and $375.0 million of 2020 Notes.

Long-term debt as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      December 31,  
     2014      2013  
     (in thousands)  

Senior Credit Facilities

     

$1,301 million Senior Secured Term Loan facility, due November 2, 2018, net of unamortized discount of $12,740 and $15,826 at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively (effective interest rate of 4.21%)

   $ 1,252,652       $ 1,262,445   

$160 million Senior Secured Term Loan facility, due November 2, 2018, net of unamortized discount of $2,369 and $0 at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively (effective interest rate of 4.56%)

     157,231         —     

$125 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit facility, expiring on November 2, 2016 and bearing interest at a variable base rate plus a spread rate

     —           —     

Senior Notes

     

$375 million 11% Senior Notes due December 31, 2019, net of unamortized discount of $6,720 and $7,664 at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively (effective interest rate of 11.53%)

     368,280         367,336   

$375 million 11.25% Senior Notes due December 31, 2020, net of unamortized discount of $8,624 and $9,560 at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively (effective interest rate of 11.86%)

     366,376         365,440   

Obligation under data sublicense agreement

     17,237         22,543   

Other

     12,129         12,592   

Less current portion

     (27,308      (31,330
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

$ 2,146,597    $ 1,999,026   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Senior Credit Facilities

The Senior Credit Agreement provides that, subject to certain conditions, we may request additional tranches of term loans, increase commitments under the Revolving Facility or the Term Loan Facility or add one or more incremental revolving facility tranches (provided that the revolving credit commitments outstanding at any time have no more than three different maturity dates) in an aggregate amount not to exceed (a) $300.0 million plus (b) an unlimited amount at any time, subject to compliance on a pro forma basis with a first lien net leverage ratio of no greater than 4.00 to 1.00. Availability of such additional tranches of term loans or revolving facilities and/or increased commitments is subject to, among other conditions, the absence of any default under the Senior Credit Agreement and the receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions. Proceeds of the Revolving Facility, including up to $30.0 million in the form of borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans, and up to $50.0 million in the form of letters of credit, are available to provide financing for working capital and general corporate purposes.

Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities bear interest at an annual rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (i) the applicable prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (iii) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for United States dollar deposits for an interest period of one month, adjusted for certain additional costs, plus 1.00%, which base rate, in the case of the Term Loan Facility only, shall be no less than 2.25% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for United States dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing, adjusted for certain additional costs, which, in the case of the Term Loan Facility only, shall be no less than 1.25%.

In April 2012, we amended the Senior Credit Agreement to reprice the Senior Credit Facilities and borrow $80.0 million of additional term loans for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. Following this amendment, the LIBOR-based interest rate on the Term Loan Facility was LIBOR plus 3.75%, compared to the previous interest rate of LIBOR plus 5.50%. The new LIBOR-based interest rate on the Revolving Facility was LIBOR plus 3.50% (with a potential step-down to LIBOR plus 3.25% based

 

45


Table of Contents

on our first lien net leverage ratio), compared to the previous interest rate of LIBOR plus 5.25% (with a potential step-down to LIBOR plus 5.00% based on our first lien net leverage ratio).

In April 2013, we again amended the Senior Credit Agreement to further reprice, and also to modify certain financial covenants under, the Senior Credit Facilities. Following this amendment, the interest rate on the Term Loan Facility is LIBOR plus 2.50%, compared to the previous interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.75%. The new interest rate on the Revolving Facility is LIBOR plus 2.50%, compared to the previous interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.50% (or 3.25% based on a specified first lien net leverage ratio). The Term Loan Facility remains subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25%, and there continues to be no LIBOR floor on the Revolving Facility. In connection with the April 2013 repricing, the Senior Credit Agreement also was amended to, among other things, eliminate the financial covenant in the Senior Credit Facilities related to the consolidated cash interest coverage ratio and modify the financial covenant related to the net leverage test by maintaining the required first lien net leverage ratio at its current level of 5.35 to 1.00 for the remaining term of the Senior Credit Facilities.

These amendments to the Senior Credit Agreement resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $23.2 million and $21.9 million and other expenses related to fees paid to third parties of $1.2 million and $3.6 million, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which have been reflected within sales, marketing, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

In December 2014, we borrowed an additional $160.0 million under the incremental term loan facility (“Incremental Term Loan”) on identical terms and having the same rights and obligations as the existing term loans under the Senior Credit Agreement through an amendment to the Senior Credit Agreement.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Senior Credit Facilities, we are required to pay customary agency fees, letter of credit fees and a 0.50% commitment fee in respect of the unutilized commitments under the Revolving Facility.

The Senior Credit Agreement requires that we prepay outstanding loans under the Term Loan Facility, subject to certain exceptions, with (a) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of debt other than debt permitted under the Senior Credit Agreement, (b) 50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% and 0% based on our first lien net leverage ratio) of our annual excess cash flow and (c) 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales and casualty and condemnation events, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions.

We generally may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the Senior Credit Facilities at any time without premium or penalty other than breakage costs with respect to LIBOR loans; provided, however, we, for a period of six months following the December 2014 Incremental Term Loan amendment, are subject to a premium of 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of any Incremental Term Loan amounts so prepaid.

We are required to make quarterly payments equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the loans under the Term Loan Facility, with the balance due and payable on November 2, 2018. Any principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Facility is due and payable on November 2, 2016.

Certain of our United States wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries, together with the Company, are co-borrowers and jointly and severally liable for all obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities. Such obligations of the co-borrowers are unconditionally guaranteed by Beagle Intermediate Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”), a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent, the Company and each of our existing and future United States wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries (with certain exceptions including immaterial subsidiaries). These obligations are secured by a perfected security interest in substantially all of the assets of the co-borrowers and guarantors now owned or later acquired, including a pledge of all of the capital stock of the Company and our United States wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of our foreign restricted subsidiaries, subject in each case to the exclusion of certain assets and additional exceptions.

The Senior Credit Agreement requires us to comply with a maximum first lien net leverage ratio financial maintenance covenant, to be tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter. A breach of the first lien net leverage ratio covenant is subject to certain equity cure rights. In addition, the Senior Credit Facilities contain a number of negative covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to:

 

    incur additional indebtedness or guarantees;

 

    incur liens;

 

    make investments, loans and acquisitions;

 

    consolidate or merge;

 

46


Table of Contents
    sell assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries;

 

    pay dividends on capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire capital stock of the Company or any restricted subsidiary, subject to customary covenants, including compliance with leverage ratios and subject to limitation based on net income generated during the term of the Senior Credit Agreement;

 

    alter the business of the Company;

 

    amend, prepay, redeem or purchase subordinated debt;

 

    engage in transactions with affiliates; and

 

    enter into agreements limiting dividends and distributions of certain subsidiaries.

The Senior Credit Agreement also contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and provisions relating to events of default (including upon change of control).

As of December 31, 2014, we believe we were in compliance with all of the applicable debt covenants under the Senior Credit Agreement.

Senior Notes

The 2019 Notes bear interest at an annual rate of 11% with interest payable semi-annually on June 30 and December 31 of each year. The 2019 Notes mature on December 31, 2019. The 2020 Notes bear interest at an annual rate of 11.25% with interest payable quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. The 2020 Notes mature on December 31, 2020.

We may redeem the 2019 Notes, the 2020 Notes or both, in whole or in part, at any time on or after December 31, 2015 at the applicable redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest. At any time prior to December 31, 2015, we may redeem the 2019 Notes, the 2020 Notes or both, in whole or in part, at our option and on one or more occasions, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus an applicable premium and accrued and unpaid interest. If we experience specific kinds of changes in control, we must offer to purchase the Senior Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future indebtedness and senior in right of payment to all of our existing and future subordinated indebtedness. Our obligations under the Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior basis by all of our existing and subsequently acquired or organized wholly-owned United States restricted subsidiaries that guarantee our Senior Credit Facilities or our other indebtedness or indebtedness of any affiliate guarantor. The Senior Notes and the related guarantees are effectively subordinated to our existing and future secured obligations and that of our affiliate guarantors to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such obligations, and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Senior Notes.

The Indentures contain covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to:

 

    pay dividends on our capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire our capital stock, subject to customary covenants, including compliance with a fixed charge coverage ratio and subject to limitation based on net income generated during the term of the Indentures;

 

    incur additional indebtedness or issue certain capital stock;

 

    incur certain liens;

 

    make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;

 

    consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of their assets and the assets of their subsidiaries;

 

    prepay subordinated debt;

 

    engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and

 

    enter into agreements restricting the subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends.

The Indentures also contain certain affirmative covenants and events of default.

As of December 31, 2014, we believe we were in compliance with all of the applicable debt covenants under the Senior Notes.

 

47


Table of Contents

Summary Disclosures about Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

Contractual Obligations

The following table presents certain minimum payments due under contractual obligations with minimum firm commitments as of December 31, 2014:

 

     Payments by Period  
           Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      After 5 years  
     (in thousands)  

Senior Credit Facilities and other long-term obligations

     (1   $ 1,454,358       $ 27,308       $ 45,495       $ 1,381,555       $ —     

2019 Notes

     (2     375,000         —           —           375,000         —     

2020 Notes

     (3     375,000         —           —           375,000         —     

Expected interest

     (4     678,141         143,374         282,651         252,116         —     

Tax receivable agreement obligations to related parties

     (5     351,190         945         65,270         108,228         176,747   

Operating lease obligations

     (6     63,581         12,022         22,089         14,485         14,985   

Contingent consideration obligation

     (7     17,486         11,548         2,880         3,058         —     

Purchase obligations and other

     (8     117,254         32,016         50,238         12,000         23,000   

Interest rate swap agreements

     (9     3,612         2,580         1,032         —           —     
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

  (10 $ 3,435,622    $ 229,793    $ 469,655    $ 2,521,442    $ 214,732   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents the principal amount of indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities, deferred financing obligations and our data sublicense agreement.
(2) Represents the principal amount of indebtedness under the 2019 Notes without reduction for any original issue discount.
(3) Represents the principal amount of indebtedness under the 2020 Notes without reduction for any original issue discount.
(4) Consists of interest payable under the Senior Credit Facilities and Senior Notes, and imputed interest payable under our data sublicense agreement. Interest related to the Senior Credit Facilities is based on our interest rates in effect as of December 31, 2014 and assumes that we make no optional or mandatory prepayments of principal prior to their maturity. Because the interest rates under the Senior Credit Facilities are variable, actual payments may differ.
(5) Represents amount due based on facts and circumstances existing as of December 31, 2014 (without reduction for any fair value adjustment recognized in acquisition method accounting). The timing and/or amount of the aggregate payments due may vary based on a number of factors, including the amount and timing of the taxable income the Company generates in the future and the tax rate then applicable, the use of loss carryovers and the portion of payments under the tax receivable agreements constituting imputed interest or amortizable basis.
(6) Represents amounts due under existing operating leases related to our offices and other facilities.
(7) Contingent consideration transferred in connection with acquisitions includes a contingent obligation to make additional payments based on the achievement of certain future performance objectives. Because the ultimate timing and amount of payments are dependent on the outcome of future events, the timing and/or amount of these additional payments may vary from this estimate.
(8) Represents contractual commitments under the transaction and advisory fee agreement we entered into with affiliates of Blackstone and Hellman & Friedman in connection with the Merger, certain telecommunication and other supply contracts and certain other obligations. Where our purchase commitments are cumulative over a period of time (i.e. no specified annual commitment), the table above assumes such commitments will be fulfilled on a ratable basis over the commitment period. Under the transaction and advisory fee agreement, in connection with or in anticipation of a change in control, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or an initial public offering of our equity, the affiliates of Blackstone and Hellman & Friedman have the option to receive a single lump sum cash payment equal to the then-present value of all the then-current and future annual advisory fees payable, assuming a remaining 12-year payment period from the date of the election.
(9) Under our interest rate swap agreements, we receive a three-month LIBOR rate and pay a fixed rate of 1.6485% on a $640.0 million notional amount. The amounts in the above table represent the net amounts we expect to pay (including interest) in the respective periods based upon the three-month LIBOR yield curve in effect as of December 31, 2014.
(10) Total contractual obligations exclude liabilities for uncertain tax positions of $0.1 million and commitments of a maximum of $7.0 million potentially due under the Company’s long term incentive plans from the above table due to the high degree of uncertainty regarding the ultimate amount, if any, and timing of future cash payments.

See the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional information related to our operating leases and other commitments and contingencies.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of the filing of this Annual Report, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements or obligations, other than those related to surety bonds of an insignificant amount.

 

48


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Our recent accounting pronouncements are summarized in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We have interest rate risk primarily related to borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement. Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities bear interest at an annual rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (i) the applicable prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (iii) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for United States dollar deposits for an interest period of one month, adjusted for certain additional costs, plus 1.00%, which base rate, in the case of the Term Loan Facility only, shall be no less than 2.25%, or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for United States dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing, adjusted for certain additional costs, which, in the case of the Term Loan Facility only, shall be no less than 1.25%.

As of December 31, 2014, we had outstanding borrowings of $1,425.0 million (before unamortized debt discount) under the Senior Credit Agreement. The LIBOR-based interest rate on the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Facility were each LIBOR plus 2.50%. The Term Loan Facility is subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25% and there is no LIBOR floor on the Revolving Facility.

We manage economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources and duration of our debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, we enter into interest rate swap agreements to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. Our interest rate swap agreements are used to manage differences in the amount, timing and duration of our known or expected cash receipts and our known or expected cash payments principally related to our borrowings.

In January 2012, we executed three interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $640.0 million to reduce the variability of interest payments associated with the Term Loan Facility. For the year ended December 31, 2014, our interest rate swap agreements were designated as a cash flow hedge so that changes in the fair market value of the interest rate swap agreements were included within other comprehensive income.

A change in interest rates on variable rate debt may impact our pretax earnings and cash flows. However, due to a floor on the floating rate index of 1.25% under the Term Loan Facility, as of December 31, 2014, our interest rates must increase by more than 100 basis points before our interest expense or cash flows are affected. Based on our outstanding debt as of December 31, 2014, and assuming that our mix of debt instruments, interest rate swaps and other variables remain the same, the annualized effect of a one percentage point change in variable interest rates would have minimal impact on our earnings and cash flows.

In the future, in order to manage our interest rate risk, we may refinance our existing debt, enter into additional interest rate swap agreements, modify our existing interest rate swap agreements or make changes that may impact our ability to treat our interest rate swaps as a cash flow hedge. However, we do not intend or expect to enter into derivative or interest rate swap transactions for speculative purposes.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Information with respect to this Item is contained in our consolidated financial statements beginning on Page F-1 of this Annual Report.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), management has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2014. Based upon that evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that, as of December 31, 2014, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that the information that we are required to disclose in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

49


Table of Contents

Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process that is designed under the supervision of our CEO and CFO, and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

 

  i. Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

 

  ii. Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures recorded by us are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and board of directors; and

 

  iii. Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

Management has conducted its evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of our internal control over financial reporting and testing the operational effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

Management reviewed the results of the assessment with the audit committee of the board of directors. Based on its assessment and review with the audit committee, management concluded that, at December 31, 2014, we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2014 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

 

50


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information with respect to current members of our board of directors as well as information relating to our current executive officers (ages are as of March 1, 2015).

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Neil E. de Crescenzo    53    Chief Executive Officer, Director
Randy Giles    57    Chief Financial Officer
Alex Choy    52    Executive Vice President — Research and Development and Chief Information Officer
Jason Erdell    41    Executive Vice President — Services
Kriten Joshi    43    Executive Vice President — Products
Gregory T. Stevens    49    Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Gary D. Stuart    49    Executive Vice President — Sales
Howard L. Lance    59    Chairman of the Board of Directors
Philip M. Pead    62    Director
Pamela J. Pure    54    Director
Neil P. Simpkins    48    Director
Justin Sunshine    32    Director
Allen Thorpe    44    Director

Neil E. de Crescenzo. Mr. de Crescenzo, 53, has been our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since September 2013. Prior to joining Emdeon, Mr. de Crescenzo served as the Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Global Health Sciences business of Oracle Corporation from June 2008 to September 2013. Prior to joining Oracle in 2006, Mr. de Crescenzo spent 10 years at IBM Corporation, including his last role as senior executive for Global Healthcare Business Consulting Services. Mr. de Crescenzo received a B.A. in Political Science from Yale University and an M.B.A. from Northeastern University. As a member of Emdeon’s senior management team, Mr. de Crescenzo provides our board of directors significant management and leadership experience gained by having served in multiple management and leadership positions within large providers of software and technology products and services. In addition, our board of directors benefits from Mr. de Crescenzo’s many years of experience in the healthcare software and information technology industries.

Randy Giles. Mr. Giles, 57, has been our Chief Financial Officer since April 2014 and served as our Executive Vice President — Finance from February 2014 to April 2014. Prior to joining Emdeon, Mr. Giles was an Executive Vice President from November 2010 to April 2011 and Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer for Coventry Health Care, Inc. from May 2011 to June 2013, when Coventry was acquired by Aetna. Prior to joining Coventry, Mr. Giles held numerous executive positions for UnitedHealthcare, the commercial health benefits division of UnitedHealth Group, Inc., including serving as CEO of two of UnitedHealthcare’s health plans in Texas and Division/Region CFO for several markets from August 1993 to October 2010. Prior to joining UnitedHealthcare, Mr. Giles held senior level positions at various health plans and began his career at Ernst & Young. Mr. Giles received a B.A. in Political Science and Economics from the University of North Carolina and an M.B.A. with concentrations in Finance and Accounting from Emory University.

Alex Choy. Mr. Choy, 52, has been our Executive Vice President — Research and Development and Chief Information Officer since January 2014. Prior to joining Emdeon, Mr. Choy served as the Global Vice President, Product Development at Oracle Corporation from January 2013 to December 2013. Prior to that, Mr. Choy served as the Vice President Engineering for enterprise software products for Adobe Systems from May 2006 to December 2012. Prior to joining Adobe, Mr. Choy held senior level engineering and development positions at Interwoven, Veritas Software, Tandem, Sun Microsystems and Hewlett-Packard. Mr. Choy received a B.S. in Computer Science from the University of California, Berkeley and a Masters Degree in Computer Science from Stanford University.

Jason Erdell. Mr. Erdell, 41, has been our Executive Vice President — Services since January 2015. Prior to joining Emdeon, Mr. Erdell held numerous executive positions for MedAssets from November 2010 to December 2014, including serving as the Managing Director of Consulting and Professional Services and the General Manager of Workforce Solutions. Prior to joining MedAssets, Mr. Erdell was Senior Vice President of Enterprise Accounts for The Broadlane Group, a healthcare group purchasing organization acquired by MedAssets in November 2010. Prior to joining The Broadlane Group in May 2009, Mr. Erdell held senior level positions for Gap Inc.,

 

51


Table of Contents

Booz Allen Hamilton and Hewlett-Packard. Mr. Erdell received a B.S. in Operations Research and Industrial Engineering from Cornell University and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University.

Kriten Joshi. Mr. Joshi, 43, has been our Executive Vice President – Products since December 2013. Prior to joining Emdeon, Mr. Joshi was Global Vice President of Healthcare Product Strategy for Oracle Corporation’s Health Sciences Global Business Unit from December 2006 to December 2013. Prior to joining Oracle, Mr. Joshi served in senior strategy roles in IBM’s Global Sales and Distribution organization from March 2003 to November 2006. Prior to that, Mr. Joshi was with McKinsey and Co. Mr. Joshi received a B.S. in Mathematics from the California Institute of Technology and a Ph.D. in Physics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Gregory T. Stevens. Mr. Stevens, 49, has been our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since July 2008. Prior to joining Emdeon, Mr. Stevens served as Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel, Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer of Spheris Inc. from July 2003 to June 2008. During February 2010, Spheris filed a voluntary petition under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in order to facilitate the sale of Spheris pursuant to Section 363 thereunder to MedQuist Holdings, Inc. From March 2002 to June 2003, Mr. Stevens served as General Counsel and Secretary of Luminex Corporation. From 1996 to 2002, Mr. Stevens served as the Senior Vice President and General Counsel for Envoy Corporation. Prior to joining Envoy, Mr. Stevens practiced corporate and securities law with Bass, Berry & Sims PLC. Mr. Stevens received a B.A. in Economics and History and a J.D. from Vanderbilt University.

Gary D. Stuart. Mr. Stuart, 49, has been our Executive Vice President — Sales since January 2015. Prior to that, Mr. Stuart served in various executive roles at Emdeon, including serving as our Executive Vice President – Payer Services since March 2006. Mr. Stuart also served as Senior Vice President of Sales in the Transaction Services Division of WebMD Envoy from July 2002 to February 2005 and in various other capacities with WebMD since July 1998. Mr. Stuart received a B.A. in Business Administration from Texas State University.

Howard L. Lance. Mr. Lance, 59, has served on our board of directors since November 2012 and became the chairman of our board of directors in February 2013. Mr. Lance served as the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Harris Corporation from January 2003 until December 2011. Mr. Lance serves as chairman of the board of directors of Summit Materials LLC and as a director of Ferrovial S.A. Mr. Lance served as a director of Eastman Chemical Company from 2005 to 2014, Stryker Corporation from 2009 to 2014 and Aviat Networks, Inc. from 2007 to 2009. Mr. Lance received a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from Bradley University and an M.S. in Management from Purdue University. Mr. Lance brings to our board of directors extensive leadership and management skills developed through his prior service as a senior executive officer and director of large, public companies.

Philip M. Pead. Mr. Pead, 62, rejoined our board of directors in November 2012, having previously served on our board from February 2009 through August 2011. Mr. Pead has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Progress Software Corp. since December 2012. Mr. Pead previously served as Executive Chairman and Interim Chief Executive Officer of Progress Software Corp. from November 2012 to December 2012, and as Non-Executive Chairman beginning in July 2012, having joined the Progress Software Corp. board of directors in July 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Pead served as Chairman of the board of directors of Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc. from August 2010 through April 2012 following Allscripts’s acquisition of Eclipsys Corporation where he had served as President and Chief Executive Officer since May 2009. Mr. Pead also served as a director of Eclipsys since February 2009. Previously, Mr. Pead served as the managing partner of Beacon Point Partners LLC from March 2007 to May 2009. Mr. Pead received a B.S. in Economics from the University of London and a Business Administration Diploma from Harrow College of Technology. As the former chairman of the board of directors and executive officer of publicly-traded healthcare technology companies, Mr. Pead brings to Emdeon and our board of directors his leadership skills and intimate knowledge of the industry. Mr. Pead also has significant and varied management expertise, developed in roles of increasing responsibility throughout his career, including the integration of acquired companies, improving operating efficiencies and margins, managing complex regulatory compliance matters and growing the business, all of relevance to Emdeon.

Pamela J. Pure. Ms. Pure, 54, has served on our board of directors since January 2012. Ms. Pure has served as Chief Executive Officer of HealthMEDX, LLC since December 2011. Prior to that, Ms. Pure held numerous executive positions for McKesson Corporation and its affiliates since 2001, including her last role as Executive Vice President, McKesson Corporation and President, McKesson Technology Solutions from April 2004 to March 2009. Ms. Pure received a B.S. in Public Health from the University of North Carolina. Ms. Pure brings to our board of directors more than 25 years of experience in the healthcare information technology and services industry.

Neil P. Simpkins. Mr. Simpkins, 48, became a member of our board of directors in November 2011 and served as the chairman of our board of directors through February 2013. Mr. Simpkins has served as a Senior Managing Director in the Private Equity Group of Blackstone since December 1999. From 1993 until the time he joined Blackstone, Mr. Simpkins was a Principal at Bain Capital.

 

52


Table of Contents

Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Simpkins was a consultant at Bain & Company in London and in the Asia Pacific region. Mr. Simpkins has led Blackstone’s acquisitions of TRW Automotive Holding Corp., Vanguard Health Systems, Team Health LLC, Apria Healthcare Group Inc., Summit Materials Inc., Gates Corporation and Emdeon. He currently serves as lead director of TRW Automotive and as a director of Gates Corporation, Apria Healthcare Group and Summit Materials. Mr. Simpkins graduated with honors from Oxford University and received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Simpkins has significant financial and investment experience and possesses executive management and strategic skills gained through his experience with other Blackstone portfolio companies. Mr. Simpkins also brings to us his additional board experience with several public and private companies which helps us informally benchmark our practices.

Justin Sunshine. Mr. Sunshine, 32, joined our board of directors in March 2014. Mr. Sunshine is a Principal in the Private Equity Group at Blackstone, with a focus on the healthcare services and chemicals sectors. Mr. Sunshine has worked in both the New York and London offices, and has been involved in the execution of Blackstone’s investments in the Intertrust Group and the ATC Group. Prior to joining the Private Equity Group, Mr. Sunshine was an Associate within Blackstone Advisory Partners from August 2009 to September 2011. Prior to Blackstone, Mr. Sunshine worked as a consultant in the strategy practice at Accenture. He currently serves as a member of the board of directors of Apria Healthcare Group, Inc. Mr. Sunshine received a B.B.A. in Finance from the University of Texas at Austin and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business. Mr. Sunshine has been engaged in the private equity industry for several years and brings to us his financial and investment experience that he gained while working on complex transactions related to other Blackstone portfolio companies.

Allen R. Thorpe. Mr. Thorpe, 44, has been a member of our board of directors since September 2008. Mr. Thorpe joined Hellman & Friedman in 1999 and has served as a Managing Director of Hellman & Friedman since 2004. At Hellman & Friedman, his primary areas of focus are healthcare and financial services. Prior to joining Hellman & Friedman in 1999, Mr. Thorpe was a Vice President with Pacific Equity Partners and a Manager at Bain & Company. Mr. Thorpe serves as a director of Pharmaceutical Product Development, Inc. and is a member of the advisory board of Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP. He was formerly a director of Sheridan Holdings, Inc., Artisan Partners Asset Management Inc., LPL Financial Holdings Inc., Activant Solutions, Vertafore Inc., Mondrian Investment Partners Ltd., Gartmore Investment Management Limited and Mitchell International. Mr. Thorpe received an A.B. from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. As a member of our board of directors, Mr. Thorpe contributes his strategic, financial, healthcare and capital markets expertise through his career with equity investment firms. Mr. Thorpe also contributes insights on board leadership developed through his service on several boards of Hellman & Friedman’s portfolio companies.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

None of our directors, executive officers or beneficial owners of more than 10% of our equity securities is required to file reports pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act with respect to their relationship with us because we do not have equity securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

Governance Matters

Composition of our Board of Directors

Pursuant to the stockholders’ agreement among Emdeon, Parent, the Investor Group and the other equity holders of Parent, including certain members of our senior management (“Stockholders’ Agreement”), Parent’s board of directors must be comprised of at least five members, three of whom are designated by Blackstone, one of whom is designated by Hellman & Friedman and one of whom is our chief executive officer. Blackstone may increase the size of Parent’s board of directors to seven directors at any time to accommodate the election of two independent directors to be selected by Blackstone in consultation with Hellman & Friedman. According to the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, we are required to take all necessary action to cause the persons constituting Parent’s board of directors to be appointed as members of our board of directors unless Blackstone or Hellman & Friedman otherwise elects. In the event that Hellman & Friedman ceases to hold 25% or more of its initial ownership interest in Parent, it will no longer be entitled to designate a director for election to Parent’s or our board of directors or to a consultation right with respect to the election of independent directors. Blackstone has the right to appoint and remove (in consultation with Hellman & Friedman) all independent directors on Parent’s and our boards of directors and fill vacancies created by reason of death, removal or resignation of all such independent directors. In addition, for so long as certain investment funds associated with Goldman, Sachs & Co. continue to hold, together with their affiliates, at least 10% of the 2020 Notes, we have granted GS Mezzanine Partners V Institutional, L.P. a right to (i) designate a non-voting observer to our board of directors, (ii) consult with our management on matters relating to our operations, (iii) access our facilities, properties, books and records and (iv) receive additional information as it may reasonably request from time to time.

The current size of Parent’s and our board of directors is seven. Mr. Thorpe serves on the board of directors of both entities as a designee of Hellman & Friedman. In March 2014, Mr. Sunshine was elected to each of Parent’s and our board of directors and serves as a designee of Blackstone, along with Messrs. Lance and Simpkins. Ms. Pure and Mr. Pead serve as independent directors on each board of directors, in addition to Mr. de Crescenzo, our chief executive officer.

 

53


Table of Contents

Board Committees

Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, our board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating committee. Each of the standing committees operates pursuant to a written charter. The following is a brief description of the standing committees of our board of directors, including their membership and responsibilities.

Audit Committee. The audit committee assists our board of directors in fulfilling its fiduciary oversight responsibilities by reviewing: (i) the integrity of financial information, (ii) the performance of our internal audit function and systems of internal controls and (iii) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. In addition, the audit committee has direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention (including termination) and oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm. The audit committee also reviews and approves related party transactions in accordance with our Related Party Transaction Policy. See Part III, Item 13, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence — Related Party Transactions Policies and Procedures” of this Annual Report.

The audit committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Pead (chair), Sunshine and Thorpe. During 2014, the audit committee was comprised of Messrs. Pead and Thorpe and Mr. Sunshine joined the committee in March 2014. Because we do not have any securities listed on a national securities exchange or on an automated quotation system, our board of directors is not required to have on the audit committee a person who qualifies under the rules of the SEC as an “audit committee financial expert” or as having accounting or financial management expertise under the similar rules of the national securities exchanges. While the audit committee has not designated any of its members as an audit committee financial expert, we believe that each of the current members of the audit committee is fully qualified to address any accounting, financial reporting or audit issues that may come before the audit committee.

Compensation Committee. The compensation committee (i) reviews and recommends policies relating to compensation and benefits of our directors, employees and certain other persons providing services to us and (ii) is responsible for reviewing and approving the compensation of our senior management. The compensation committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Simpkins (chair), Lance and Thorpe. The same individuals comprised the compensation committee throughout 2014.

Nominating Committee. The nominating committee (i) assists our board of directors in identifying and recommending individuals qualified to serve as directors of the Company, (ii) recommends to our board of directors director nominees for each committee of our board of directors, (iii) reviews and considers candidates who may be suggested by any of our directors or executive officers, or by any of our stockholders, if made in accordance with the Stockholders’ Agreement, our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law and (iv) reviews succession plans relating to senior management. The nominating committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Simpkins (chair), Lance and Thorpe. The same individuals comprised the nominating committee throughout 2014.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all directors, officers and employees, including the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and persons performing similar functions. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on the Investors page of our website at http://investors.emdeon.com under the heading “Corporate Governance.” We plan to post any amendments to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics on our website.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview

The following discussion analyzes our executive compensation program with respect to our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the material elements of the compensation packages awarded to such officers. The individuals whose compensation is discussed below are our Chief Executive Officer, Neil E. de Crescenzo, IV; our Chief Financial Officer, Randy Giles; our Executive Vice President — Pharmacy Services in 2014 (and current Senior Vice President, Strategic Marketing—Pharmacy), Kevin Mahoney; our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, Gregory T. Stevens; our Executive Vice President — Payer Services in 2014 (and current Executive Vice President – Sales), Gary D. Stuart; our former Chief Financial Officer, Bob A. Newport, Jr.; and our former Executive Vice President — Provider Solutions, T. Ulrich Brechbühl. Mr. Newport left the Company in March 2014 and Mr. Brechbühl resigned effective November 2014. See the discussion under the headings “— Bob Newport Transition Letter Agreement” and “—T. Ulrich Brechbühl Separation Agreement” below for additional details. We collectively refer to these individuals in the following discussion as our “named executive officers.”

 

54


Table of Contents

The Role of the Compensation Committee

The responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

 

    reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of the Company’s senior management;

 

    evaluating the performance of the Company’s senior management;

 

    determining and approving compensation of the Company’s senior management;

 

    reviewing and approving the following as they affect the Company’s senior management: all cash-based and equity-based incentive awards, employment agreements, severance arrangements, any change in control agreements and any special or supplemental compensation and benefits;

 

    overseeing and administering our equity incentive plans, our 401(k) Plan and Health and Welfare Plan;

 

    making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to compensation philosophy and policies for director compensation;

 

    reviewing periodically the Company’s compensation policies and practices to ensure that they properly incentivize employees to act in the long-term best interests of the Company and do not encourage excessive risk taking;

 

    reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis, when required by SEC rules for inclusion in our applicable filings;

 

    reviewing and discussing with management the compensation committee report, when required by SEC rules for inclusion in our applicable filings; and

 

    monitoring compensation matters and retaining appropriate advisors to assist in the evaluation of such compensation matters.

The compensation committee works directly with our chief executive officer to set annual compensation of each of our named executive officers other than our chief executive officer. To this end, our chief executive officer completes an evaluation of each such named executive officer, makes recommendations regarding the compensation of such officer and presents his evaluations and compensation recommendations to the compensation committee.

After considering our chief executive officer’s evaluations and recommendations and such other factors as the nature and responsibilities of each named executive officer’s position, the named executive officer’s experience, Emdeon’s achievement of corporate goals, the named executive officer’s achievement of individual goals and competitive industry compensation, the compensation committee sets the annual compensation of our named executive officers. The compensation committee then sets the compensation of our chief executive officer in a meeting at which the chief executive officer is not present. The compensation for each of our named executive officers is set and recommended for adoption at meetings of the compensation committee generally held in the first quarter of each year.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Our compensation program is centered around a pay-for-performance philosophy and is designed to reward our named executive officers for their abilities, experience and efforts. We believe our solutions reflect the individual and combined knowledge and performance that our compensation programs are structured to reward. Our ability to attract, retain and motivate the highly-qualified and experienced professionals who are vital to our success as a company is directly tied to the compensation programs we offer.

We believe that having compensation programs designed to align executive officers’ interests with those of Emdeon in achieving positive business results and to reinforce accountability is the cornerstone to successfully implementing and achieving our strategic plans. In determining the compensation of our named executive officers, we are guided by the following key principles:

Competitiveness of Compensation. Compensation should be responsive to the competitive marketplace so that we continue to be able to attract, retain and motivate talented executives.

Accountability for Overall Business Performance. A portion of compensation should be tied to our overall performance so that our named executive officers are held accountable through their compensation for the performance of Emdeon as a whole.

Accountability for Individual Performance. A portion of compensation should be tied to the named executive officer’s own individual performance to encourage and reflect individual contributions to our performance.

Alignment with Stockholder Interests. A portion of compensation should be tied to our financial performance through equity awards to align our named executive officers’ interests with those of our stockholders.

 

55


Table of Contents

We seek to maintain a performance-oriented culture and a compensation approach that rewards our named executive officers when we achieve our goals and objectives, while putting at risk an appropriate portion of their compensation against the possibility that our goals and objectives may not be achieved. Consistent with this philosophy, we have sought to create an executive compensation package that balances short-term versus long-term components, cash versus equity elements and fixed versus contingent payments in ways that we believe are most appropriate to motivate our named executive officers.

Overview of Components of Compensation

Compensation for our named executive officers consists of the following key components:

 

    base salary;

 

    annual cash bonuses; and

 

    equity-based awards.

The first component of named executive officer compensation is base salary, which is intended to secure the services of the executive and compensate him for his functional roles and responsibilities.

The second component is an annual cash bonus opportunity, which is based upon a combination of Company and individual performance. These cash bonus opportunities are intended to link executive pay directly to achievement of annual Company operating and/or other performance objectives. We believe this compensation component aligns the interests of our named executive officers with the interests of our stockholders in the pursuit of short- to medium-term performance that should create value for our stockholders.

The third component is equity-based awards which provide a long-term incentive component to named executive officer compensation packages. Equity-based awards granted to our named executive officers align a portion of our named executive officers’ compensation to the interests of our investors and to each other, further reinforcing collaborative efforts for their mutual success. Equity-based compensation also fosters a long-term commitment from our named executive officers to the Company and balances the shorter-term cash components of compensation that we provide.

In addition, our named executive officers are eligible to receive the same benefits that we provide and to participate in all plans that we offer to other full-time employees, including health and welfare benefits and participation in our 401(k) Savings Plan.

We also provide our named executive officers with severance payments and benefits in the event of an involuntary or, in certain cases, constructive termination of employment without cause and accelerated equity award vesting in connection with a change in control of the Company.

Base Salary

We provide each named executive officer with a base salary for the services that the executive officer performs for us. This compensation component constitutes a stable element of compensation while other compensation elements are variable. Base salaries are reviewed annually and may be increased in light of the individual past performance of the named executive officer, company performance, any change in the executive’s position within our business, the scope of his responsibilities and any changes thereto and his tenure with the Company.

During 2014, the base salary for Messrs. de Crescenzo, Giles, Mahoney, Stevens, Stuart, Newport and Brechbühl was $700,000, $450,000, $250,000, $340,000, $350,000, $340,000 and $365,000, respectively. For 2014, base salaries comprised 49%, 7%, 71%, 54%, 60%, 19% and 35% of the total compensation for Messrs. de Crescenzo, Giles, Mahoney, Stevens, Stuart, Newport and Brechbühl, respectively. Effective in March 2015, Mr. de Crescenzo received an increase in base salary from $700,000 to $721,000, Mr. Giles received an increase in base salary from $450,000 to $463,500, Mr. Mahoney received an increase in base salary from $250,000 to $257,500, Mr. Stevens received an increase in base salary from $340,000 to $355,000 and Mr. Stuart received an increase in base salary from $350,000 to $360,500.

Annual Cash Bonuses

We provide our named executive officers with the opportunity to share in our success through annual bonuses awarded under our bonus program for management employees (the “Management Bonus Program”). The Management Bonus Program provides Emdeon’s senior management and certain key employees the opportunity to earn compensation in addition to their base salaries up to a target bonus potential. The compensation committee has general authority for oversight and interpretation of the Management Bonus Program. The compensation committee, with the recommendations of our chief executive officer (other than with respect to himself), is responsible for (i) setting annual objective performance targets, (ii) reviewing actual performance and (iii) determining the amount of the compensation payable to each named executive officer.

 

56


Table of Contents

Under the Management Bonus Program, a participant’s annual target bonus is calculated as a percentage of the participant’s annual base salary as of the end of the fiscal year, with the target percentages generally being aligned with the participant’s level and role at the Company. The funding of bonuses under the Management Bonus Program is dependent on achievement of annual objective performance targets by the Company as a whole and of the operating division or divisions of which a participant is a part, if applicable. The amount of compensation a participant is eligible to be paid under the Management Bonus Program is determined primarily on the basis of objective Company performance measures determined by the compensation committee each year, such as Adjusted EBITDA and revenue.

After reviewing the actual performance of the Company, the compensation committee, with recommendations of our chief executive officer (other than with respect to himself), then undertakes a subjective evaluation of each named executive officer’s performance. The compensation committee does not rely on preset formulas, thresholds or multiples in the subjective portion of its evaluation but rather relies upon its and our chief executive officer’s judgment after careful consideration of subjective factors such as an executive’s performance during the year against established goals, leadership qualities, operational performance, business responsibilities, long-term potential to enhance stockholder value, current compensation arrangements and tenure with the Company.

2014

The compensation committee determined that 50% of the 2014 objective performance measures were based on Adjusted EBITDA targets and 50% were based on revenue targets under the Management Bonus Program. For the year ended December 31, 2014, annual cash bonuses were linked to achievement of Adjusted EBITDA within a range of $330 million to $392 million and achievement of revenue from $1.29 billion to $1.53 billion. We believe the combination of these performance factors and the proportionate weighting assigned to each reflected our overall Company goals for 2014, which balanced the achievement of revenue growth and improving our operating efficiency. These measures were calculated in the same manner as reported in our financial results.

For 2014, our named executive officers’ target annual cash bonuses as a percentage of base salary were 100% for Mr. de Crescenzo; 85% for each of Messrs. Giles, Stuart and Brechbühl, 80% for each of Messrs. Newport and Stevens and 50% for Mr. Mahoney. Pursuant to his separation agreement in connection with his resignation, Mr. Brechbühl remained eligible to receive a prorated bonus under the Management Bonus Program for his service during the 2014 fiscal year.

At the compensation committee’s first quarter 2015 meetings, the compensation committee reviewed the Company and individual performance results for 2014. The compensation committee, without input from Mr. de Crescenzo, determined the actual amount of cash bonuses to be paid to Mr. de Crescenzo, and, together with Mr. de Crescenzo’s input, determined the bonus payment for each other named executive officer. Based upon both achievement of Adjusted EBITDA of $364 million and revenue of $1.35 billion under the Management Bonus Program and each named executive officer’s individual performance review, Messrs. de Crescenzo, Giles, Mahoney, Stevens and Stuart received bonuses of $725,000, $383,000, $98,000, $280,000, and $220,000, respectively, for 2014. Pursuant to his transition letter agreement, Mr. Newport received a lump sum payment of $100,000, which payment represented the estimated prorated portion of Mr. Newport’s annual bonus in respect to the 2014 fiscal year. In accordance with his separation agreement, Mr. Brechbühl received a prorated bonus of $362,383.

2015

In November 2014, the compensation committee determined the objective performance measures for 2015 under the Management Bonus Program. For the year ending December 31, 2015, 50% of the objective performance measures will be based on Adjusted EBITDA targets and 50% will be based on revenue targets. After the objective performance measures are calculated, adjustments to the annual cash bonuses payable for 2015 will be made based on the executive’s achievement of individual objectives and contributions to us during the year. For 2015, our named executive officers’ target annual cash bonuses as a percentage of base salary are 100% for Mr. de Crescenzo, 85% for each of Messrs. Giles and Stuart, 80% for Mr. Stevens and 50% for Mr. Mahoney.

Equity-Based Awards

Parent Equity Plan

In addition to base salary and cash bonus compensation, each of our named executive officers is provided equity-based award compensation. Parent adopted the Beagle Parent Corp. Amended and Restated 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Parent Equity Plan”), which amended and restated the 2009 Plan, in connection with the Merger. Pursuant to the Parent Equity Plan, 159,750 shares of Parent common stock have been reserved for issuance of equity awards to employees, directors and consultants of Parent and its affiliates. Parent has the authority to grant awards, to set the terms and conditions of such awards and to adopt, alter and repeal rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Parent Equity Plan and any awards granted thereunder. Because we are an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, awards under the Parent Equity Plan represent an indirect ownership interest in Emdeon.

 

57


Table of Contents

In February 2014, Parent granted a stock option award to purchase shares of Parent common stock under the Parent Equity Plan to Mr. Giles. Pursuant to an award agreement entered into by Mr. Giles, he was granted options to purchase an aggregate of 7,000 shares of Parent common stock as follows:

(1) 2,750 Tier 1 Time-Vesting Options, which have an exercise price per share equal to $1,020 (the grant date fair market value as determined by Parent) and vest in equal 20% annual installments on the first through the fifth anniversary of the grant date, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through each vesting date;

(2) 1,500 Tier 2 Time-Vesting Options, which have an exercise price of $2,500, and vest in equal 20% annual installments on the first through the fifth anniversary of the grant date, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through each vesting date;

(3) 1,375 2x Exit-Vesting Options, which have an exercise price per share equal to $1,020, and vest, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through the vesting date, on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it from time to time, and shall have received cash proceeds in respect of all such Parent shares at a weighted average price per Parent share that is (i) equal to at least 2.0 times Blackstone’s cumulative invested capital (measured on a per Parent share basis) in Parent (the “2x MOIC Hurdle”) or (ii) sufficient to result in an annual internal rate of return on Blackstone’s cumulative invested capital in Parent of at least 20% (the “20% IRR Hurdle”); and

(4) 1,375 2.5x Exit-Vesting Options, which have an exercise price per share equal to $1,020, and vest, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through the vesting date, on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it from time to time, and shall have received cash proceeds in respect of all such Parent shares at a weighted average price per Parent share that is (i) equal to at least 2.5 times Blackstone’s cumulative invested capital (measured on a per Parent share basis) in Parent (the “2.5x MOIC Hurdle”) or (ii) sufficient to result in an annual internal rate of return on Blackstone’s cumulative invested capital in Parent of at least 25% (the “25% IRR Hurdle”).

Additionally, in February 2014, Parent granted Mr. Giles 1,500 restricted share units (“RSUs”) under the Parent Equity Plan. Each RSU represents the right to receive one share of common stock of Parent. The RSUs vest in equal 20% annual installments on the first through fifth anniversary of the date of the grant, subject to Mr. Giles’s continued employment through each vesting date.

No other equity-based awards were made to our named executive officers during 2014.

Co-Investment

Another component of equity based awards is that certain members of senior management, including certain named executive officers, and the board of directors are provided with the opportunity to invest in the common stock of Parent. We consider this investment opportunity an important part of our equity program because it encourages stock ownership and aligns the investing executive officer’s financial interests with those of our stockholders. In February 2014, Mr. de Crescenzo purchased 980 shares of Parent common stock at $1,020 per share for $999,600. No other named executive officers co-invested in Parent in 2014.

Perquisites and Other Benefits

Our named executive officers are eligible to receive the same benefits we provide, and to participate in all plans we offer, to other full-time employees, including health and dental insurance, group term life insurance, short- and long-term disability insurance, other health and welfare benefits, our 401(k) Savings Plan (including Emdeon’s matching contribution) and other voluntary benefits. Perquisites, however, are not a material component of our executive compensation programs.

In 2014, the only perquisite or other compensation benefits deemed to be other compensation to our named executive officers for purposes of the Summary Compensation Table below were compensation related to Company-requested attendance at Company-sponsored award trips and any associated tax gross up, as well as matching contributions made by Emdeon on their behalf to our 401(k) Savings Plan. Our named executive officers participate in and make elective contributions under our 401(k) Savings Plan in the same manner as our other employees. See “— Summary Compensation Table” below.

Severance and Change in Control Protection

Each of our named executive officers is party to an employment agreement with us governing the terms of their employment with us and future separation, as applicable. Pursuant to these employment agreements, we provide salary continuation and other benefits in the event of involuntary or, in certain cases, constructive termination of employment without cause. Each such employment agreement was negotiated with the respective named executive officer and specifies certain terms of compensation, including an annual rate of base salary and eligibility for an annual cash bonus. Pursuant to these employment agreements, each named executive officer is subject to restrictive covenants, including confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation obligations. The employment of each named executive officer under these employment agreements continues in effect until terminated by us or by the named executive officer.

 

58


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the award agreements under the Parent Equity Plan, the awards granted to each named executive officer include acceleration of vesting features in connection with a change of control (as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement). All outstanding unvested (i) Tier 1 and Tier 2 Time-Vesting Options will vest in full to the extent not previously forfeited; (ii) 2x Exit-Vesting Options will become fully vested if either the 2x MOIC Hurdle or the 20% IRR Hurdle is satisfied in connection with the change of control; and (iii) 2.5x Exit-Vesting Options will become fully vested if either the 2.5x MOIC Hurdle or 25% IRR Hurdle is satisfied in connection with the change of control. In addition, Mr. Giles’s RSUs will vest in full if his employment is terminated (i) by the Company without cause or due to death or disability; (ii) by Mr. Giles for good reason; or (iii) due to a change of control.

The protections afforded by the employment and equity award agreements were, and continue to be, designed to provide financial security in the event of certain corporate transactions and/or qualifying termination of employment, as well as consideration for the executive’s compliance with post-employment restrictive covenants. We believe that these protections have assisted, and continue to assist, in retaining our named executive officers and provide a basis for continuing the cohesive operation of our business. These payments and benefits are described in more detail in the section entitled “— Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Risk Guidelines

The structure of our compensation programs is designed to promote behavior that supports value creation for our stockholders. We believe that the attention of our named executive officers and other key employees should be focused upon key strategic, operational and financial measures. To this end, a considerable portion of the compensation packages of our named executive officers and other key employees are driven by our long-term success. By focusing upon our sustained profitability and growth, we believe our compensation programs discourage our named executive officers and other employees from engaging in unnecessary and excessive risk taking.

Accounting and Tax Matters

We account for stock-based payments in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (“FASB ASC Topic 718”). We operate our compensation programs with the intention of complying with compensation rules under Sections 409A and 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Section 162(m) generally denies a federal income tax deduction for certain compensation in excess of $1 million per year paid to certain executive officers of a publicly-traded equity company. Certain types of compensation are excluded from the deduction limit.

Because we are a privately-owned company, we are not subject to the limitations imposed by Section 162(m). The compensation committee, however, intends to take actions that are deemed to be in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders and to maximize the effectiveness of the Company’s executive compensation plans. Accordingly, we presently consider the tax, accounting and disclosure consequences to be influential but not determining factors in the design of our named executive officer compensation packages.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During 2014, none of our executive officers served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve on our board of directors or the compensation committee.

Compensation Committee Report

The compensation committee has reviewed the foregoing Compensation Discussion and Analysis and discussed it with management and, based on such review and discussion, recommended to the board of directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Annual Report.

Submitted by the compensation committee of the board of directors,

Howard Lance

Neil P. Simpkins

Allen R. Thorpe

 

59


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes the compensation earned by each of our named executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. In addition, there are certain contractual arrangements that exist between us and certain named executive officers, including a tax receivable agreement, that are not compensatory and are described in Part III, Item 13, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.”

 

                                       Non-Equity                
                          Stock      Option     Incentive Plan      All Other         
            Salary      Bonus      Awards      Awards     Compensation      Compensation      Total  

Name and Principal Position

   Year      ($)      ($) (1)      ($) (2)      ($) (2)     ($) (3)      ($) (4)      ($)  

Neil E. de Crescenzo (5)

     2014         700,000         —           —           —          725,000         17,066         1,442,066   

Chief Executive Officer

     2013         175,000         25,000         —           9,876,423        187,600         27,019         10,291,042   
     2012         —           —           —           —          —           —           —     

Randy Giles(5)

     2014         405,000         —           1,530,000         3,295,742        383,000         10,902         5,624,644   

Chief Financial Officer

     2013         —           —           —           —          —           —           —     
     2012         —           —           —           —          —           —           —     

Kevin Mahoney(5)

     2014         250,000         —           —           —          98,000         6,250         354,250   

Executive Vice President —

     2013         —           —           —           —          —           —           —     

Pharmacy Services

     2012         —           —           —           —          —           —           —     

Gregory T. Stevens (5)

     2014         340,000         —           —           —          280,000         6,538         626,538   

Executive Vice President —

     2013         337,404         —           —           —          297,590         6,375         641,369   

General Counsel and Secretary

     2012         —           —           —           —          —           —           —     

Gary D. Stuart

     2014         350,000         —           —           —          220,000         10,604         580,604   

Executive Vice President —

     2013         345,673         —           —           —          400,171         6,375         752,219   

Payer Services

     2012         325,000         —           —           2,943,420        250,000         6,250         3,524,670   

Bob A. Newport, Jr.

     2014         86,308         —           —           —          100,000         268,908         455,216   

Former Chief Financial Officer

     2013         337,404         —           —           —          297,590         6,375         641,369   
     2012         325,000         —           —           2,943,420        215,000         6,250         3,489,670   

T. Ulrich Brechbühl

     2014         311,654         —           —           166,537 (6)      362,383         61,268         901,842   

Former Executive Vice

     2013         362,404         —           —           —          332,996         6,375         701,775   

President — Provider Services

     2012         350,000         —           —           3,392,797        225,000         6,250         3,974,047   

 

(1) The amount reported in this column for 2013 reflects a special bonus paid to Mr. de Crescenzo in recognition of significant contributions to the Company.
(2) The amounts reported in these columns for 2014 represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Additional information regarding the awards is set forth in the tables and notes in the sections entitled “— Grants of Plan-Based Awards During 2014” and “— Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2014.” Please see Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014 included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information on how amounts in these columns are calculated.
(3) The amounts reported in this column were paid under our annual cash bonus program.
(4) For 2014, Messrs. de Crescenzo’s, Giles’ and Stuart’s additional compensation includes: (i) matching contributions to our 401(k) Savings Plan and (ii) compensation related to Company-requested attendance at Company-sponsored award trips and any associated tax gross up. The amounts for Mr. de Crescenzo were $6,500 and $10,566; the amounts for Mr. Giles were $5,029 and $5,873; and the amounts for Mr. Stuart were $6,521 and $4,083, respectively. For 2014, Messrs. Mahoney’s and Stevens’ additional compensation reflects matching contributions to our 401(k) Savings Plan. Messrs. Newport’s and Brechbühl’s additional compensation includes: (i) severance payments paid during 2014 and (ii) matching contributions to our 401(k) Savings Plan. The amounts for Mr. Newport were $266,315 and $2,593; and the amounts for Mr. Brechbühl were $56,355 and $4,913, respectively. See the discussion contained under the headings “— Bob Newport Transition Letter Agreement” and “—T. Ulrich Brechbühl Separation Agreement” below for a description of these severance payments.
(5) Messrs. de Crescenzo (who joined the Company in September 2013) and Stevens were not named executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2012, and Messrs. Giles (who joined the Company in February 2014) and Mahoney were not named executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Therefore, only compensation for the applicable years is included in the chart.
(6) This amount represents the incremental fair value of the stock options computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 related to a modification of such stock options allowing for certain options to remain outstanding until fourteen months after Mr. Brechbühl’s date of termination. Additional information regarding the awards is set forth in the tables and notes in the sections entitled “— Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2014.” Please see Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014 included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information on how amounts in this column are calculated. For additional details, see the section entitled “— T. Ulrich Brechbühl Separation Agreement” below.

 

60


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards During 2014

The following table summarizes (i) awards granted under our Management Bonus Program and (ii) awards of options to purchase shares of Parent common stock.

Grant of Plan Awards During 2014

 

   
            Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards(1)
     Estimated Future
Payouts Under Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
     All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of Shares
of Stock
Units
(#)
    All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)
    Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
     Grant Date
Fair Value
of
Stock and
Option
Awards
($)(4)
 

Name

   Grant
Date
     Threshold
($)(2)
     Target
($)
     Maximum
($)(3)
     Threshold
(#)
     Target
(#)
    Maximum
(#)
           

Neil E. de Crescenzo

     2/21/2014         175,000        700,000        1,400,000        —           —          —           —          —          —           —     

Chief Executive Officer

                             

Randy Giles

     2/21/2014         95,625        382,500        765,000        —           —          —           —          —          —           —     

Chief Financial Officer

     2/4/2014         —           —           —           —           1,375  (5)      —           —          —          1,020        549,794  
     2/4/2014         —           —           —           —           1,375  (6)      —           —          —          1,020        472,120  
     2/4/2014         —           —           —           —           —          —           —          1,500  (7)      2,500        598,611  
     2/4/2014         —           —           —           —           —          —           —          2,750  (8)      1,020        1,675,218  
     2/4/2014         —           —           —           —           —          —           1,500  (9)      —          —           1,530,000  

Kevin Mahoney

     2/21/2014         31,250        125,000        250,000        —           —          —           —          —          —           —     

Executive Vice President — Pharmacy Services

                             

Gregory T. Stevens

     2/21/2014         68,000        272,000        544,000        —           —          —           —          —          —           —     

Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

                             

Gary D. Stuart

     2/21/2014         74,375        297,500        595,000        —           —          —           —          —          —           —     

Executive Vice President — Payer Services

                             

Bob A. Newport, Jr.(10)

     2/4/2014         —           100,000        —           —           —          —           —          —          —           —     

Former Chief Financial Officer

                             

T. Ulrich Brechbühl(11)

     2/21/2014         77,563        310,250        620,500        —           —          —           —          —          —           —     

Former Executive Vice President — Provider Services

                             

 

(1) The amounts reported in these columns reflect amounts payable pursuant to our Management Bonus Program for 2014 at various points within the range of Company performance goals, assuming the satisfaction of individual performance criteria. For a description of the material terms of these awards and actual payouts made, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Annual Cash Bonuses.”
(2) The “threshold” represents the amount payable upon achievement at the starting point of the targeted ranges of Adjusted EBITDA and revenue, as calculated under the Management Bonus Program for 2014.
(3) The “maximum” represents the amount payable upon achievement at the top of the targeted ranges of Adjusted EBITDA and revenue, as calculated under the Management Bonus Program for 2014.
(4) The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the award computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Please see Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014 included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information on how these amounts were calculated.
(5) Represents the 2x Exit-Vesting Options, which vest, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through the vesting date, on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it from time to time, and shall have received cash proceeds in respect of all such Parent shares at a weighted average price per Parent share that is (i) equal to at least the 2x MOIC Hurdle or (ii) sufficient to meet the 20% IRR Hurdle.
(6) Represents the 2.5x Exit-Vesting Options, which vest, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through the vesting date, on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it from time to time, and shall have received cash proceeds in respect of all such Parent shares at a weighted average price per Parent share that is (i) equal to at least the 2.5x MOIC Hurdle or (ii) sufficient to meet the 25% IRR Hurdle.
(7) Represents the Tier 2 Time-Vesting Options which vest in equal 20% annual installments on the first through the fifth anniversary of the grant date, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through each vesting date.

 

61


Table of Contents
(8) Represents the Tier 1 Time-Vesting Options which vest in equal 20% annual installments on the first through the fifth anniversary of the grant date, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through each vesting date.
(9) Represents RSUs, and each RSU represents a contingent right to receive one share of common stock. The RSUs vest in equal 20% annual installments on the first through the fifth anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the awardee’s continued employment through each vesting date.
(10) Mr. Newport’s eligibility to receive non-equity incentive awards with respect to 2014 is described below under the heading “— Bob Newport Transition Letter Agreement.”
(11) Mr. Brechbühl’s eligibility to receive non-equity incentive awards with respect to 2014 is described below under the heading “—T. Ulrich Brechbühl Separation Agreement.”

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2014

The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2014.

 

     Option Awards     Stock Awards  
     Option
Grant
    

Number

of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable

    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
    Option
Exercise
Price
     Option
Expiration
    Number of
Shares of
Units that
Have Not
Vested
     Market Value
of Shares or
Units that
Have Not
Vested
 

Name

   Date      (#)     (#)     (#)     ($)      Date     (#)      ($)  

Neil E. de Crescenzo
Chief Executive Officer

     9/30/2013         —          —          3,750.00  (1)      1,020.00        9/30/2023        —           —     
     9/30/2013         —          —          3,750.00  (2)      1,020.00        9/30/2023        —           —     
     9/30/2013         500.00  (3)      2,000.00  (3)      —          2,500.00        9/30/2023        —           —     
     9/30/2013         2,000.00  (4)      8,000.00  (4)      —          1,020.00        9/30/2023        —           —     

Randy Giles
Chief Financial Officer

     2/4/2014         —          —          —          —           —          1,500.00        2,197,500  
     2/4/2014         —          —          1,375.00  (1)      1,020.00        2/4/2024        —           —     
     2/4/2014         —          —          1,375.00  (2)      1,020.00        2/4/2024        —           —     
     2/4/2014         —          1,500.00  (3)      —          2,500.00        2/4/2024        —           —     
     2/4/2014         —          2,750.00  (4)      —          1,020.00        2/4/2024        —           —     

Kevin Mahoney
Executive Vice President — Pharmacy Services

     7/17/2012         —          —          333.75  (1)      1,000.00        7/17/2022        —           —     
     7/17/2012         —          —          333.75  (2)      1,000.00        7/17/2022        —           —     
     7/17/2012         300.00  (3)      200.00  (3)      —          2,500.00        7/17/2022        —           —     
     7/17/2012         400.50  (4)      267.00  (4)      —          1,000.00        7/17/2022        —           —     

Gregory T. Stevens
Executive Vice President — General Counsel & Secretary

     11/2/2011         425.00  (5)      —          —          250.00        8/11/2019 (6)      —           —     
     7/17/2012         —          —          1,071.25  (1)      1,000.00        7/17/2022        —           —     
     7/17/2012         —          —          1,071.25  (2)      1,000.00        7/17/2022        —           —     
     7/17/2012         750.00  (3)      500.00  (3)      —          2,500.00        7/17/2022        —           —     
     7/17/2012         1,285.50  (4)      857.00  (4)      —          1,000.00        7/17/2022        —           —     

Gary D. Stuart
Executive Vice President — Payer Services

     11/2/2011         550.00  (5)      —          —          250.00        8/11/2019 (6)      —           —     
     7/17/2012         —          —          1,183.75  (1)      1,000.00        7/17/2022        —           —     
     7/17/2012         —          —          1,183.75  (2)      1,000.00        7/17/2022        —           —     
     7/17/2012         900.00  (3)      600.00  (3)      —          2,500.00        7/17/2022        —           —     
     7/17/2012         1,420.50  (4)      947.00  (4)      —          1,000.00        7/17/2022        —           —     

T. Ulrich Brechbühl
Executive Vice President — Provider Services

Provider Services

     11/2/2011         240.00  (5)      —          —          250.00        2/4/2015 (6)      —           —     
     7/17/2012         —          —          1,370.00  (1)      1,000.00        7/4/2015        —           —     
     7/17/2012         —          —          1,370.00  (2)      1,000.00        7/4/2015        —           —     
     7/17/2012         1,644.00  (4)      —          —          1,000.00        1/4/2016        —           —     

 

(1) Represents the 2x Exit-Vesting Options, which vest, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through the vesting date, on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it from time to time, and shall have received cash proceeds in respect of all such Parent shares at a weighted average price per Parent share that is (i) equal to at least the 2x MOIC Hurdle or (ii) sufficient to meet the 20% IRR Hurdle. See the discussion contained under the heading “—T. Ulrich Brechbühl Separation Agreement” below for additional details regarding Mr. Brechbühl’s ability to exercise 2x Exit-Vesting Options held by him following his resignation.

 

62


Table of Contents
(2) Represents the 2.5x Exit-Vesting Options, which vest, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through the vesting date, on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it from time to time, and shall have received cash proceeds in respect of all such Parent shares at a weighted average price per Parent share that is (i) equal to at least the 2.5x MOIC Hurdle or (ii) sufficient to meet the 25% IRR Hurdle. See the discussion contained under the heading “—T. Ulrich Brechbühl Separation Agreement” below for additional details regarding Mr. Brechbühl’s ability to exercise 2.5x Exit-Vesting Options held by him following his resignation.
(3) Represents the Tier 2 Time-Vesting Options which vest in equal 20% annual installments on the first through the fifth anniversary of the Merger (or the grant date in the case of Messrs. de Crescenzo and Giles), subject to the optionee’s continued employment through each vesting date.
(4) Represents the Tier 1 Time-Vesting Options which vest in equal 20% annual installments on the first through the fifth anniversary of the Merger (or the grant date in the case of Messrs. de Crescenzo and Giles), subject to the optionee’s continued employment through each vesting date. See the discussion contained under the heading “— T. Ulrich Brechbühl Separation Agreement” below for additional details regarding Mr. Brechbühl’s ability to exercise Tier 1 Time-Vesting Options held by him following his resignation.
(5) In connection with the Merger, the Company’s outstanding stock options became fully vested immediately prior to the closing of the Merger and, for certain members of senior management, were exchanged for new options of Parent common stock (the “Rollover Awards”). The exercise price and number of shares subject to the Rollover Awards were determined in accordance with applicable tax rules governing the conversion of options in the context of a change in control transaction. These amounts reflect the shares of Parent common stock underlying vested Rollover Awards.
(6) The Rollover Awards have a 10-year term from the grant date of the original option which was granted under the 2009 Plan and rolled into the Parent Equity Plan. All or a portion of a Rollover Award may expire prior to its stated expiration date in the event of the optionee’s termination of employment.

Equity Awards Exercised During the Year Ended December 31, 2014

The following table provides information about the value realized by each of our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2014 upon the exercise of stock options.

EQUITY AWARDS EXERCISED DURING THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

     Option Awards  
     Number of
Shares Acquired on Exercise
    Value Realized
on Exercise
 

Name

   (#)     ($)  

Bob A. Newport, Jr.

     1,600 (1)      713,000   

Former Chief Financial Officer

    

 

(1)  Mr. Newport exercised his 460 Rollover Awards with an exercise price of $250 on June 30, 2014 and exercised 1,140 options with an exercise price of $1,000 on July 29, 2014.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

The following summaries and table describe and quantify the potential payments and benefits that we would provide to our named executive officers in connection with their termination of employment and/or change in control. In determining amounts payable, we have assumed in all cases that the terms of the executive’s current employment and equity award agreements (including the terms of Mr. Newport’s transition letter agreement and Mr. Brechbühl’s separation agreement) with us were in effect on, and the termination of employment and/or change in control occurred on December 31, 2014.

Severance Benefits – Employment Agreements

The employment of each named executive officer may be terminated by us or by the executive at any time, with or without “cause.” Pursuant to each named executive officer’s employment agreement in effect at the end of 2014, the applicable named executive officer is entitled to receive severance benefits upon termination by us without “cause,” upon his resignation for “good reason,” or upon his termination due to his death or permanent disability. Upon an eligible termination, each named executive officer is entitled to continued payment of his base salary for one year (two years in the case of Mr. de Crescenzo and 18 months in the case of Mr. Stevens). In addition, each named executive officer other than Mr. Mahoney is entitled to a lump sum equal to that portion of the health insurance premiums that would have been paid for active employees with similar coverage (up to the amount we pay for active employees) for one year (18 months in the case of Messrs. de Crescenzo and Stevens). Moreover, Mr. de Crescenzo is entitled to be paid, in equal installments over two years, an amount equal to two times his annual target bonus, and Mr. Giles is entitled to be paid, in equal installments over a one year period, an amount equal to his annual target bonus. The executive’s entitlement to these severance payments and benefits is generally conditioned on continued compliance with his obligations not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees or customers for 18 months following termination of employment (two years in the case of Mr. de Crescenzo and one year in the case of Mr. Giles) and his release of all claims against us.

A termination for “cause” generally includes any of the following: failure to comply with our employment policies; misconduct or dishonesty in connection with the executive’s duties; or conviction of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude. Resignation for “good reason” generally includes: a reduction in the executive’s base salary; a reduction in the executive’s title, authority or duties or a

 

63


Table of Contents

relocation by more than fifty miles of the executive’s principal place of employment. For Messrs. Mahoney and Stuart, severance benefits are payable only upon resignation for “good reason” within 24 months following a “change in control.” A transaction prior to a future initial public offering that results in a “change in control” generally includes a sale or merger of Emdeon or its parent companies in which our stockholders do not hold a majority of the surviving or successor corporation; an event that causes Parent to cease to own indirectly 100% of Emdeon’s operating subsidiary; or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Emdeon, its parent companies or its operating subsidiary. A transaction following a future initial public offering that results in a “change in control” generally includes the acquisition by any person (other than a member of the Investor Group) of 35% or more of voting stock of our public company successor (the “Public Company”); a change in the control of at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Public Company as a result of any tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination transaction; a majority change in the composition of the Public Company’s board of directors members as a result of a proxy contest or material transaction; or stockholder approval of a liquidation, sale, or other disposition of substantially all the Public Company’s assets. Under the terms of their employment agreements, Messrs. de Crescenzo, Giles and Stevens are entitled to severance benefits in the event of resignation for “good reason” without regard to whether a “change in control” transaction has or will occur.

No named executive officer has any right to receive a “gross up” for any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any other federal, state and local income tax.

Accelerated Vesting of Equity-Based Awards

All outstanding unvested Tier 1 and Tier 2 Time-Vesting Options will vest upon a change in control and the 2x Exit-Vesting Options and 2.5x Exit-Vesting Options will vest upon the occurrence of certain “exit” transactions described above which may coincide with a change in control. In addition, Mr. Giles’s RSUs will vest in full if his employment is terminated (i) by the Company without cause or due to death or disability; (ii) by Mr. Giles for good reason; or (iii) due to a change of control. The provisions governing the equity awards held by certain of our named executive officers pursuant to the Parent Equity Plan are described in further detail in the section entitled “Executive Compensation — Severance and Change in Control Protection.”

 

64


Table of Contents

Calculations of Benefits to Which Executives Would be Entitled

Assuming termination of employment occurred on December 31, 2014, the dollar value of the payments and other benefits to be provided to each named executive officer under his employment agreement are estimated to be as follows:

Estimated Payments And Benefits Upon Termination

 

     Termination by us Without           Resignation for “Good  
     “Cause” or Upon Death    Resignation for      Reason” Following a  

Name

  

Or Disability

   “Good Reason”      “Change in Control”  

Neil E. de Crescenzo
Chief Executive Officer

   Salary Continuation $1,400,000 Bonus Payment $1,400,000 Insurance Coverage $30,402     
 
 
Salary Continuation $1,400,000
Bonus Payment $1,400,000
Insurance Coverage $30,402
  
  
  
    
 
 
Salary Continuation $1,400,000
Bonus Payment $1,400,000
Insurance Coverage $30,402
  
  
  

Randy Giles
Chief Financial Officer

   Salary Continuation $450,000 Bonus Payment $382,500 Insurance Coverage $19,911     
 
 
Salary Continuation $450,000
Bonus Payment $382,500
Insurance Coverage $19,911
  
  
  
    
 
 
Salary Continuation $450,000
Bonus Payment $382,500
Insurance Coverage $19,911
  
  
  

Kevin Mahoney
Executive Vice President — Pharmacy Services

   Salary Continuation $250,000      —           Salary Continuation $250,000   

Gregory T. Stevens
Executive Vice President — General Counsel & Secretary

   Salary Continuation $510,000 Insurance Coverage $18,091     
 
Salary Continuation $510,000
Insurance Coverage $18,091
  
  
    
 
Salary Continuation $510,000
Insurance Coverage $18,091
  
  

Gary D. Stuart
Executive Vice President — Payer Services

   Salary Continuation $350,000 Insurance Coverage $18,024      —          
 
Salary Continuation $350,000
Insurance Coverage $18,024
  
  

Bob A. Newport, Jr. (1)
Former Chief Financial Officer

   Salary Continuation $340,000 Bonus Payment $100,000 Insurance Coverage $14,358      —           —     

T. Ulrich Brechbühl (2)
Former Executive Vice President — Provider Solutions

   Salary Continuation $365,000 Bonus Payment $362,383 Insurance Coverage $14,240      —           —     

 

(1)  In February 2014, the Company and Mr. Newport entered into a transition letter agreement with respect to Mr. Newport’s termination and transition of employment. The amounts represented in the table above reflect the total payments to be made pursuant to the transition letter agreement entered into with Mr. Newport. For additional details, see the section entitled “— Bob Newport Transition Letter Agreement” below.
(2)  In September 2014, Mr. Brechbühl resigned from the Company. In connection with his resignation, Mr. Brechbühl entered into a separation agreement with the Company. The amounts represented in the table above reflect the total payments to be made pursuant to the separation agreement entered into with Mr. Brechbühl in connection with his resignation. For additional details , see the section entitled “—T. Ulrich Brechbühl Separation Agreement” below.

Bob Newport Transition Letter Agreement

In February 2014, the Company and Mr. Newport entered into a transition letter agreement with respect to Mr. Newport’s termination and transition of employment. The transition letter agreement provided that Mr. Newport would continue as our Chief Financial Officer until March 31, 2014. The transition letter agreement also provided that Mr. Newport’s departure constituted a termination without “cause” for purposes of the terms and conditions of his employment agreement and that Mr. Newport would receive the severance benefits provided by his employment agreement following a termination without “cause”, including the payment of Mr. Newport’s earned and unpaid base salary, accrued health and retirement benefits, accrued but unreimbursed expenses, the continuation of his base salary as severance payments for a period of one year, to be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices, and a lump sum payment equivalent to that portion of applicable health insurance premiums that would have been paid by the Company for a period of one year. In addition, pursuant to the transition letter agreement, Emdeon agreed to pay Mr. Newport a lump sum payment of $100,000 which payment represented the prorated portion of Mr. Newport’s annual bonus in respect of the 2014 fiscal year. The terms of the transition letter agreement were subject to Mr. Newport’s continued employment through March 31, 2014, and his execution of a standard release. Mr. Newport’s receipt of these payments is conditioned upon his continued compliance with his obligation not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees or customers for eighteen months following his termination of employment.

 

65


Table of Contents

T. Ulrich Brechbühl Separation Agreement

In September 2014, Mr. Brechbühl resigned from the Company effective November 4, 2014 (the “Termination Date”). In connection with his resignation, Mr. Brechbühl entered into a separation agreement with the Company that provided him with certain severance benefits in lieu of those he would have been entitled to under his employment agreement. Under the terms of the separation agreement, the Company will pay to Mr. Brechbühl (i) $365,000 in equal monthly installments over the twelve months following his termination, (ii) the portion of his annual bonus in respect of the 2014 year prorated for his service from the beginning of the fiscal year and on actual performance as though Mr. Brechbühl remained employed with the Company through the payment date of the annual bonus, and (iii) a lump sum cash payment equal to $14,240 representing the health insurance premiums that would have been paid for active employees with similar coverage (up to the amount we pay for active employees) for twelve months after the Termination Date. Mr. Brechbühl’s continued receipt of these payments is conditioned upon his continued compliance with his obligation not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees or customers for eighteen months following his termination of employment.

In addition, under the terms of the separation agreement, outstanding stock options to purchase shares of Parent common stock held by Mr. Brechbühl at the time of his resignation were modified or forfeited as described below:

 

    1,644 Tier 1 Time-Vesting Options with an exercise price of $1,000, which had vested as of the Termination Date, and will remain outstanding and eligible for exercise until fourteen months after the Termination Date;

 

    1,370 2x Exit-Vesting Options with an exercise price of $1,000 per share will remain outstanding and will vest and become exercisable on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it from time to time, and shall have received cash proceeds in respect of all such Parent shares at a weighted average price per Parent share that is (i) equal to at least the 2.0x MOIC Hurdle or (ii) sufficient to meet the 20% IRR Hurdle, provided that such options will expire if not previously vested and exercised eight months after the Termination Date;

 

    1,370 2.5x Exit-Vesting Options with an exercise price of $1,000 per share will remain outstanding and will vest and become exercisable on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it from time to time, and shall have received cash proceeds in respect of all such Parent shares at a weighted average price per Parent share that is (i) equal to at least the 2.5x MOIC Hurdle or (ii) sufficient to meet the 25% IRR Hurdle, provided that such options will expire if not previously vested and exercised eight months after the Termination Date; and

 

    1,096 unvested Tier 1 Time-Vesting Options and a total of 1,700 vested and unvested Tier 2 Time-Vesting Options were forfeited by Mr. Brechbühl and cancelled without consideration as of the Termination Date.

Mr. Brechbühl’s Rollover Awards were treated in accordance with their terms.

 

66


Table of Contents

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

This section describes the compensation we provided to our non-employee directors in 2014. Directors who are employed by us are not compensated by us for their services as directors. The table below shows amounts paid to our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2014.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

Name(1)

   Fees
Earned
or
Paid in
Cash
($)
     Stock
Awards
($)
     Equity-
Based
Awards
($)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Pamela J. Pure

     100,000         —           —           —           100,000   

Howard L. Lance

     500,000         —           —           —           500,000   

Philip M. Pead

     100,000         —           —           —           100,000   

 

(1) During 2014, our board of directors also included Allen R. Thorpe, Neil P. Simpkins and Justin Sunshine as non-employee directors. Because these directors received no compensation for serving as directors, such directors are not included in this table.

Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, Ms. Pure and Mr. Pead serve as independent directors on Parent’s and our boards of directors based on their respective nominations by Blackstone, in consultation with Hellman & Friedman, and Mr. Lance serves as a member of Parent’s and our boards of directors based on his nomination by Blackstone as a Blackstone nominee. Ms. Pure and Mr. Pead each received an annual retainer of $100,000 in 2014 for their services. In connection with his services as our chairman of the board, Mr. Lance’s received an annual retainer of $250,000. Mr Lance also is paid additional amounts by one of our stockholders, and we reimburse the stockholder for a portion of these amounts. For 2014, the amount reimbursed by us was $250,000.

The Company did not grant any equity-based awards to its non-employee directors in 2014. In connection with a non-employee director’s appointment to our board of directors, the Company has granted and may in the future grant to non-employee directors equity awards in the form of options, stock appreciation rights and/or restricted stock.

 

67


Table of Contents
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Parent owns 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Holdings, which, in turn, owns 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Emdeon. The issued and outstanding capital stock of Parent consists of 1,216,042.75 shares of Parent common stock. The holders of Parent common stock are generally entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted for action by the stockholders, to receive ratably such dividends and distributions as may be declared or paid from time to time by the board of directors and to pro rata distribution of any available and remaining assets upon a liquidation or dissolution of Holdings.

The following table sets forth certain information as of March 1, 2015 with respect to shares of Parent common stock beneficially owned by (i) each of our directors, (ii) each of our named executive officers, (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group and (iv) each person known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding Parent common stock as of such date.

Except as indicated in the footnotes to the table, each of the stockholders listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to shares of Parent common stock owned by such stockholder. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each beneficial owner of is c/o Emdeon Inc., 3055 Lebanon Pike, Suite 1000, Nashville, Tennessee 37214.

 

     Shares of Parent     Percentage of Parent  
     Common Stock     Common Stock Beneficially  

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Beneficially Owned     Owned  

Principal Stockholders:

    

Blackstone (1)

     966,041.75        79.44

Hellman & Friedman (2)

     245,000.00        20.15

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

    

Neil de Crescenzo

     3,480.00 (3)      *   

Randy Giles

     850.00 (3)      *   

Kevin Mahoney

     700.50 (3)      *   

Greg Stevens

     2,460.00 (3)      *   

Gary D. Stuart

     2,870.50 (3)      *   

Bob A. Newport, Jr.

     —          *   

T. Ulrich Brechbühl

     1,884.00 (3)      *   

Howard L. Lance

     2,070.00 (3)      *   

Philip M. Pead

     690.00 (3)      *   

Pamela J. Pure

     300.00 (3)      —     

Neil P. Simpkins(4)

     —          —     

Justin Sunshine(5)

     —          —     

Allen Thorpe(6)

     —          —     

All directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons)

     18,166        1.49

 

* Less than 1%.
(1) Shares of Parent common stock shown as beneficially owned by Blackstone are held by the following entities: Blackstone Capital Partners VI L.P. (545,297.50 shares); Blackstone Family Investment Partnership VI L.P. (88.00 shares); Blackstone Family Investment Partnership VI- ESC L.P. (4,614.50 shares); Blackstone Eagle Principal Transaction Partners L.P. (406,041.75 shares); and GSO COF Facility LLC (10,000.00 shares). The address of each of the entities listed in this note is c/o The Blackstone Group, L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
(2) Shares of Parent common stock shown as beneficially owned by Hellman & Friedman are held by the following entities: H&F Harrington AIV II, L.P. (83,320.24 shares); HFCP VI Domestic AIV, L.P. (159,987.45 shares); Hellman & Friedman Investors VI, L.P. (896.06 shares); Hellman & Friedman Capital Executives VI, L.P. (715.40 shares); Hellman & Friedman Capital Associates VI, L.P. (80.85 shares). The address of each of the entities listed in this note is c/o Hellman & Friedman LLC, One Maritime Plaza, 12th Floor, San Francisco, California 94111.
(3) Includes shares of Parent common stock issuable upon the exercise of equity awards that are or will become vested within 60 days after March 1, 2015.

 

68


Table of Contents
(4) Mr. Simpkins is a Senior Managing Director in Blackstone’s Private Equity Group. Mr. Simpkins disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of Parent common stock owned directly or indirectly by Blackstone, except to the extent of his indirect pecuniary interest therein, if any. Mr. Simpkins’s address is c/o The Blackstone Group, L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
(5) Mr. Sunshine is an employee of Blackstone, but has no investment or voting control over the shares beneficially owned by Blackstone. Mr. Sunshine disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of Parent common stock owned directly or indirectly by Blackstone, except to the extent of his indirect pecuniary interest therein, if any. Mr. Sunshine’s address is c/o The Blackstone Group, L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
(6) Mr. Thorpe is a Managing Director of Hellman & Friedman, but is not a member of its investment committee. Mr. Thorpe disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of Parent common stock owned directly or indirectly by Hellman & Friedman, except to the extent of his pecuniary interests therein, if any. The address for Mr. Thorpe is c/o Hellman & Friedman LLC, 390 Park Avenue, 21st Floor, New York, New York 10022.

 

69


Table of Contents
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Related Party Transactions Policies and Procedures

The Company’s board of directors has adopted a Related Party Transaction Policy (“RPT Policy”), which sets forth the Company’s policy with respect to the review, approval, ratification and disclosure of all related party transactions by the audit committee. In accordance with the RPT Policy, the audit committee has overall responsibility for the implementation and compliance with the RPT Policy.

For the purposes of the RPT Policy, an “interested transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which the Company was, is or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeds, will or may be expected to exceed $100,000 and in which any related party had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “related party” is defined in the RPT Policy as (i) any person who is or was an executive officer, director or nominee for election as a director; (ii) greater than 5% beneficial owner of the Company; (iii) an immediate family member of any of the foregoing; or (iv) any entity in which any of the foregoing persons is employed or is a general partner, managing member or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest.

The Company’s RPT Policy requires that the audit committee review all “interested transactions” and either ratify, approve or disapprove our entry into the transaction. In determining whether to approve or ratify an “interested transaction,” the audit committee is required to consider all relevant information and take into account necessary factors, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under same or similar circumstances and the benefits to the Company of the transaction. In addition, the following “interested transactions” are deemed pre-approved by the audit committee: (i) any employment relationship or transaction involving an executive officer and any related compensation resulting solely from that employment relationship; (ii) any director compensation; (iii) any transactions with another company at which a related party’s only relationship is as a director or beneficial owner of less than 10% of that company’s shares, if the aggregate amount involved does not exceed $100,000; or (iv) any transaction where the related party’s interest arises solely from the ownership of the Company’s securities and all holders of such securities received the same benefit on a pro rata basis.

The Company’s RPT Policy also provides that the audit committee shall review previously approved or ratified “interested transactions” that are ongoing to determine whether the transaction remains appropriate or should otherwise be modified or terminated. Additionally, the Company also makes periodic inquiries of directors, executive officers and the Investor Group with respect to any potential related person transaction to which they may be a party or of which they may be aware.

Tax Receivable Agreement Obligations to Related Parties

General

In connection with our IPO, we entered into two tax receivable agreements (the “Investors Tax Receivable Agreements”) with an entity referred to herein as the “Tax Receivable Entity,” which is currently controlled by affiliates of the Investor Group. In connection with the Merger, we entered into amended and restated Investors Tax Receivable Agreements. We also entered into a third tax receivable agreement (the “Management Tax Receivable Agreement” and, together with the Investors Tax Receivable Agreements, the “Tax Receivable Agreements”) with certain members of our current and former senior management and directors (“Management Members”) in connection with our IPO. Except as otherwise discussed below under “— Certain Provisions of Tax Receivable Agreements,” the Tax Receivable Agreements generally provide for the payment by us to the Tax Receivable Entity or the Management Members of 85% of the applicable cash savings that we realize as a result of tax attributes arising from certain previous transactions, including the Merger.

Certain Provisions of Tax Receivable Agreements

The Tax Receivable Entity and the Management Members will not reimburse us for any payments made with respect to tax benefits that are subsequently disallowed, except that excess payments made to the Tax Receivable Entity or the Management Members will be netted against payments otherwise to be made, if any, after our determination of such excess. As a result, in such circumstances, we could make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements that are greater than our actual cash tax savings and may not be able to recoup those payments.

The amount and/or timing of aggregate payments due pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreements may vary based on a number of factors, including the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future and the tax rate then applicable, the use of loss carryovers and the portion of payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements constituting imputed interest or amortizable basis.

 

70


Table of Contents

The Tax Receivable Agreements provide that, upon certain changes of control, our or our successor’s obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreements would be based on certain assumptions, including that we or our successor would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other tax benefits covered by the Tax Receivable Agreements. The Merger did not result in a covered change of control under the Investor Tax Receivable Agreements, because those agreements were amended to provide that the Merger would not be treated as a covered change of control. The Merger, however, did result in a covered change of control under the Management Tax Receivable Agreement. As a result of the covered change of control caused by the Merger under the Management Tax Receivable Agreement or as a result of a subsequent covered change of control under the Investor Tax Receivable Agreements, we could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements that significantly exceed our actual cash tax savings from the tax benefits giving rise to such payments.

We have the right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreements at any time by making a lump sum payment in satisfaction of our remaining obligations thereunder. The calculation of such payment assumes, among other things, that we will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize tax benefits covered by the applicable Tax Receivable Agreement. Payments to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreements early could be substantial and could exceed our actual cash tax savings, including our future cash tax savings, to which the Tax Receivable Agreements relate.

Because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements is substantially dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid.

All payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreements are subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts payable in respect of our indebtedness. However, we are not restricted from making such payments, including in a lump sum pursuant to our termination rights in connection with a subsequent change of control or an initial public offering.

The Management Members may terminate the Management Tax Receivable Agreement upon certain changes in tax law. In the event of such a termination, the Management Members would have the right, subject to the delivery of an appropriate tax opinion and certain other conditions, to require us to pay a lump sum amount in lieu of the periodic payments otherwise provided under the agreement. That lump sum amount would be calculated by increasing the portion of the tax savings retained by the Company to 30% (from 15%) and by calculating a present value for the total amount that would otherwise be payable under the Management Tax Receivable Agreement, assuming, among other things, that we will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the tax benefits covered by the Management Tax Receivable Agreement. This lump sum amount may be paid in cash or by a subordinated note.

The Company made cumulative payments to the Tax Receivable Entity and the Management Members of $1.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2014.

Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement

In connection with the Merger, we entered into a transaction and advisory fee agreement with Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C., an affiliate of Blackstone (“BMP”), and Hellman & Friedman, L.P., an affiliate of Hellman & Friedman (“HFLP,” and, together with BMP, the “Managers”), for a term of 12 years. Pursuant to the agreement, we are obligated to pay the Managers at the beginning of each fiscal year an aggregate advisory fee of $6.0 million or an agreed upon amount not to exceed 2% of consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) for such fiscal year in consideration for certain advisory services provided by the Managers. Pursuant to the agreement, the Managers also are entitled to receive transaction fees equal to 1% of the aggregate transaction value upon the consummation of any acquisition, divestiture, disposition, merger, consolidation, restructuring or recapitalization, issuance of private or public debt or equity securities (including an initial public offering of equity securities), financing or similar transaction involving us.

Pursuant to the agreement, in connection with or in anticipation of our change in control, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or an initial public offering of our equity or equity of our parent entity or its successors, the Managers have the option to receive, in consideration of such Manager’s role in facilitating such transaction and in settlement of the termination of the services, a single lump sum cash payment equal to the then-present value of all the then-current and future annual advisory fees payable under the agreement, assuming a remaining 12-year payment period from the date of election. To the extent that we do not pay the lump sum fee when due, the obligation will accrue interest at an annual rate of 10%, compounded quarterly.

During the period from January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014, we paid $6.0 million (approximately $4.4 million to BMP and $1.7 million to HFLP) in advisory fees and approximately $0.4 million as reimbursement to BMP for their out of pocket expenses.

The transaction and advisory fee agreement also contains certain indemnification provisions, including those relating to the indemnification of Managers and their respective affiliates and representatives from liabilities relating to the services contemplated thereunder.

 

71


Table of Contents

2019 Notes and Term Loans Held by Related Party

In connection with the Merger, certain investment funds managed by GSO Capital Partners LP (the “GSO-managed funds”) purchased a portion of the 2019 Notes and the Senior Credit Facilities. GSO Advisor Holdings LLC (“GSO Advisor”) is the general partner of GSO Capital Partners LP. Blackstone, indirectly through its subsidiaries, holds all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of GSO Advisor. As of December 31, 2014, the GSO-managed funds held $68.6 million in principal of the Senior Credit Facilities.

Stockholders’ Agreement

In connection with the Merger, Parent entered into the Stockholders’ Agreement with Emdeon, the Investor Group and other equity holders of Parent, including certain members of Emdeon’s senior management. The Stockholders’ Agreement governs certain matters relating to ownership of Parent and its subsidiaries, including with respect to the election of directors of Emdeon and its parent companies, restrictions on the issuance and transfer of shares (including preemptive rights, tag-along rights, drag-along rights and right of first refusal), other corporate governance provisions, registration rights and indemnification provisions. The transfer restrictions apply until the earlier of (i) the fifth anniversary (and, with respect to Blackstone, the second anniversary) of the closing date of the Merger and (ii) the initial public offering of equity securities of Parent, Holdings or Emdeon meeting certain specified criteria (the “Initial Holding Period”). At any time after the Initial Holding Period, certain investors party to the Stockholders’ Agreement have a right of first refusal over the transfer of any shares of capital stock of Parent. In addition, at any time after the fifth anniversary of the Merger, so long as Hellman & Friedman holds 25% or more of its initial ownership interest in Parent, the Stockholders’ Agreement provides Hellman & Friedman the right to require Parent to consummate, at Hellman & Friedman’s election, either (i) a registered public offering meeting certain requirements specified in the Stockholders’ Agreement or (ii) a sale transaction that results in a change in ownership of more than 50% of the outstanding equity securities of Parent or the disposition of substantially all the assets of Parent and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to an unaffiliated third party. The Stockholders’ Agreement also provides Blackstone the right, at any time, to require any of Parent, Holdings or Emdeon to consummate an initial public offering meeting certain requirements specified in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, Parent’s board of directors must be comprised of at least five members, three of whom are designated by Blackstone, one of whom is designated by Hellman & Friedman, and one of whom is Emdeon’s chief executive officer. Blackstone may increase the size of Parent’s board of directors to seven directors to accommodate the election of two independent directors to be selected by Blackstone in consultation with Hellman & Friedman. In the event that Hellman & Friedman ceases to hold 25% or more of its initial ownership interest in Parent, it will no longer be entitled to designate a director for election to Parent’s board of directors or to a consultation right with respect to the election of directors. Blackstone has the right (in consultation with Hellman & Friedman) to appoint and remove all independent directors and fill vacancies created by reason of death, removal or resignation of all such independent directors. Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, Parent is obligated to cause each of its subsidiaries (including us) to take all necessary action to cause its board of directors to be constituted in accordance with the foregoing requirements.

Employer Healthcare Program Agreement with Equity Healthcare

Effective as of January 1, 2014, we entered into an employer health program agreement with Equity Healthcare LLC (“Equity Healthcare”), an affiliate of Blackstone, pursuant to which Equity Healthcare provides to us certain negotiating, monitoring and other services in connection with our health benefit plans. In consideration for Equity Healthcare’s services, we paid Equity Healthcare a fee of $2.70 per participating employee per month for benefit plans beginning on or after January 1, 2014, and will pay $2.80 per participating employee per month for plans beginning on or after January 1, 2015 and $2.90 per participating employee per month for plans beginning on or after January 1, 2016. As of January 1, 2015, we had approximately 3,500 employees enrolled in health benefit plans covered under the Equity Healthcare agreement.

 

72


Table of Contents

Software Agreement with Progress Software

In February 2015, we entered into a license agreement with Progress Software Corp. (“Progress”) to provide us access to certain of Progress’s software. Mr. Pead, a member of our board of directors and the Chairman of the audit committee, is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Progress. Upon deployment of the software in 2015, we will make a payment of approximately $0.4 million to Progress.

Transactions with Investor Group Portfolio Companies

The Investor Group and its affiliates have ownership interests in a broad range of companies. We have entered into commercial transactions in the ordinary course of our business with some of these companies, including the sale of goods and services and the purchase of goods and services.

Potential Debt Repurchases

As market conditions warrant, we and our major equity holders, including the Investor Group, may from time to time, depending upon market conditions, seek to repurchase our debt securities or loans in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.

Amended and Restated Data License Agreement with WebMD

In 2008, we entered into an Amended and Restated Data License Agreement (the “Data License Agreement”) with our former parent company, HLTH Corporation, and its affiliates, currently known as WebMD Health Corp. (“WebMD”), which remains in effect. Pursuant to the Data License Agreement with WebMD, we are required (on an exclusive basis) to provide WebMD (subject to applicable law and our contractual relationships with our customers) with certain “de-identified data” that we collect in providing our solutions for use in applications offered by WebMD primarily related to clinical purposes or created for clinical, non-financial purposes. We also granted WebMD a non-exclusive license to use such “de-identified” data in connection with any other uses (other than financial or administrative applications or solutions that are targeted to providers, payers or their suppliers or that relate to claims submission). Under the agreement, WebMD is required to pay us a royalty based on the revenues it earns from use of the “de-identified data” we provide. The agreement has an initial term of ten years from February 8, 2008, and automatically renews for an additional five year term unless terminated by either party prior to extension.

In 2009 and 2010, Emdeon acquired certain additional rights to specified uses of its data from WebMD in order to broaden Emdeon’s ability to pursue business intelligence and data analytics solutions for payers and providers. Emdeon previously licensed exclusive rights to this data to WebMD pursuant to the Data License Agreement.

During 2014, the Company received cumulative royalty payments of $4.2 million from WebMD related to the Data License Agreement.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers; Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance

The Company has entered into an indemnification agreement with each of its executive officers and directors. Certain directors and officers of the Company and its subsidiaries also are entitled under the Merger Agreement to continued indemnification and insurance coverage.

Director Independence

Because we have not listed any securities on a national securities exchange or an inter-dealer quotation system, we are not required to have a board comprised of a majority of independent directors under SEC rules or any listing standards. As such, our board of directors has not made any determination as to whether our directors satisfy any independence requirements applicable to board members under the rules of the SEC or any national securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or any other independence definition.

 

73


Table of Contents
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Audit Fees and Non-Audit Fees

The following table presents the aggregate fees billed by Ernst & Young LLP for the two most recent years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

     2014      2013  

Audit Fees (1)

   $ 1,283,460       $ 1,311,010   

Audit-Related Fees (2)

     302,010         201,611   

Tax Fees

     —           —     

All Other Fees (3)

     1,995         1,995   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Fees

$ 1,587,465    $ 1,514,616   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Fees for audit services include fees relating to the audit of annual consolidated financial statements and review of quarterly financial statements.
(2) Fees for audit-related services include fees relating to service organization control reports and accounting consultations.
(3) All other fees consist of subscription fees for global accounting and auditing research software tool.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

Pursuant to our audit committee’s charter, the audit committee reviews and pre-approves audit and non-audit services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm, as well as the terms and fees charged for such services. Additionally, the audit committee reviews and discusses with the firm documentation supplied by the firm as to the nature and scope of any tax services to be approved, as well as the potential effects of the provision of such services on the firm’s independence. The audit committee may delegate to one or more designated committee members the authority to grant pre-approvals of audit and permitted non-audit services, provided that any decisions to pre-approve shall be presented to the full audit committee at its next scheduled meeting. For 2014, all of the audit and non-audit services provided by Emdeon’s independent registered public accounting firm were pre-approved by the audit committee in accordance with the audit committee charter. The audit committee has determined that the provision of non-audit services, including tax and other services, by Ernst & Young LLP is compatible with maintaining the independence of Ernst & Young LLP.

 

74


Table of Contents
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a) List of Documents Filed
    1. Financial Statements
All financial statements are set forth under “Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report
    2. Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statement schedules are set forth under “Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report
    3. Exhibits
The list of exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report is submitted in the Exhibit Index and is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Exhibits
The list of exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report is submitted in the Exhibit Index and is incorporated herein by reference.
(c) None.

 

75


Table of Contents

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

Schedule II

     S-1   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder

Emdeon Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Emdeon Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the index at Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Emdeon Inc. at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Nashville, Tennessee

March 16, 2015

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,     December 31,  
     2014     2013  
ASSETS   

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 82,306      $ 76,538   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $6,377 and $3,856 at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively

     233,791        214,247   

Deferred income tax assets

     18,893        6,317   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     29,246        27,019   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

  364,236      324,121   

Property and equipment, net

  244,153      269,470   

Goodwill

  1,702,569      1,502,434   

Intangible assets, net

  1,539,394      1,632,688   

Other assets, net

  20,312      19,169   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 3,870,664    $ 3,747,882   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY   

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

$ 16,399    $ 8,367   

Accrued expenses

  175,206      131,149   

Deferred revenues

  10,518      10,881   

Current portion of long-term debt

  27,308      31,330   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  229,431      181,727   

Long-term debt, excluding current portion

  2,146,597      1,999,026   

Deferred income tax liabilities

  413,227      436,263   

Tax receivable agreement obligations to related parties

  163,983      150,496   

Other long-term liabilities

  15,361      11,824   

Commitments and contingencies

Equity:

Common stock (par value, $.01), 100 shares authorized and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively

  —        —     

Additional paid-in capital

  1,149,360      1,139,375   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

  (1,955   (1,343

Accumulated deficit

  (245,340   (169,486
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

  902,065      968,546   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

$ 3,870,664    $ 3,747,882   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(amounts in thousands)

 

     Year Ended     Year Ended     Year Ended  
     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  
     2014     2013     2012  

Revenue

   $ 1,350,413      $ 1,242,567      $ 1,152,313   

Costs and expenses:

      

Cost of operations (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below)

     803,590        759,409        696,619   

Development and engineering

     33,564        32,538        34,529   

Sales, marketing, general and administrative

     199,977        168,708        146,534   

Depreciation and amortization

     189,218        183,839        187,225   

Accretion

     14,446        26,470        8,666   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     83,169        10,619        1,865   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  26,449      60,984      76,875   

Interest expense, net

  146,829      153,169      172,253   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  —        23,160      21,853   

Contingent consideration

  1,307      (69   —     

Other

  (3,968   (4,133   1,250   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax provision (benefit)

  (117,719   (111,143   (118,481

Income tax provision (benefit)

  (41,865   (36,685   (40,146
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$ (75,854 $ (74,458 $ (78,335
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(amounts in thousands)

 

     Year Ended     Year Ended     Year Ended  
     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  
     2014     2013     2012  

Net income (loss)

   $ (75,854   $ (74,458   $ (78,335

Other comprehensive income (loss):

      

Changes in fair value of interest rate swap, net of taxes

     (393     2,583        (3,662

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (219     (137     67   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  (612   2,446      (3,595
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

$ (76,466 $ (72,012 $ (81,930
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Equity

(amounts in thousands, except share amounts)

 

                               Accumulated        
                   Additional           Other        
     Common Stock      Paid-in     Accumulated     Comprehensive     Total  
     Shares      Amount      Capital     Deficit     Income (Loss)     Equity  

Balance at January 1, 2012

     100      $ —         $ 1,120,676     $ (16,693   $ (194   $ 1,103,789  

Equity compensation expense

     —           —           6,842       —          —          6,842  

Issuance of shares in connection with equity compensation plans, net of taxes

     —           —           317       —          —          317  

Repurchase of Parent common stock

     —           —           (436     —          —          (436

Reclassification of liability awards to equity awards

     —           —           3,675       —          —          3,675  

Other

     —           —           (106     —          —          (106

Net income (loss)

     —           —           —          (78,335     —          (78,335

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —           —           —          —          67       67  

Change in fair value of interest rate swap, net of taxes

     —           —           —          —          (3,662     (3,662
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  100   $ —      $ 1,130,968   $ (95,028 $ (3,789 $ 1,032,151  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity compensation expense

  —        —        7,021     —        —        7,021  

Repurchase of Parent common stock

  —        —        (613   —        —        (613

Capital contribution from Parent

  —        —        1,999     —        —        1,999  

Net income (loss)

  —        —        —        (74,458   —        (74,458

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —        —        —        —        (137   (137

Change in fair value of interest rate swap, net of taxes

  —        —        —        —        2,583     2,583  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  100   $ —      $ 1,139,375   $ (169,486 $ (1,343 $ 968,546  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity compensation expense

  —        —        7,334     —        —        7,334  

Issuance of shares in connection with equity compensation plans, net of taxes

  —        —        1,223     —        —        1,223  

Repurchase of Parent common stock

  —        —        (1,221   —        —        (1,221

Capital contribution from Parent

  —        —        1,999     —        —        1,999  

Other

  —        —        650     —        —        650  

Net income (loss)

  —        —        —        (75,854   —        (75,854

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —        —        —        —        (219   (219

Change in fair value of interest rate swap, net of taxes

  —        —        —        —        (393   (393
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  100   $ —      $ 1,149,360   $ (245,340 $ (1,955 $ 902,065  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(amounts in thousands)

 

     Year Ended     Year Ended     Year Ended  
     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  
     2014     2013     2012  

Operating activities

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (75,854   $ (74,458   $ (78,335

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     189,218       183,839       187,225  

Accretion

     14,446       26,470       8,666  

Equity compensation

     7,334       7,021       6,842  

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

     (43,392     (39,555     (38,447

Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs

     7,847       8,475       10,185  

Contingent consideration

     1,307       (69     —     

Gain on sale of cost method investment

     (114     (2,925     —     

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —          22,828       18,293  

Impairment of long-lived assets

     83,169       10,619       1,865  

Other

     (2,255     (1,962     820  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (6,824     (20,791     1,601  

Prepaid expenses and other

     536       1,442       (12,096

Accounts payable

     4,591       1,335       (2,149

Accrued expenses, deferred revenue and other liabilities

     26,650       29,273       (25,216

Tax receivable agreement obligations to related parties

     (988     (1,142     (334
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     205,671       150,400       78,920  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

      

Purchases of property and equipment

     (55,926     (71,086     (62,054

Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (252,772     (18,291     (59,011

Proceeds from sale of cost method investment

     677       5,820       —     

Other

     (139     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (308,160     (83,557     (121,065
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

      

Proceeds from Term Loan Facility

     157,600       —          70,351  

Payments on Term Loan Facility

     (13,279     (12,912     (12,817

Payment of debt assumed from acquisition

     (25,262     (218     —     

Proceeds from Revolving Facility

     183,000       —          —     

Payments on Revolving Facility

     (183,000     —          (15,000

Payment of loan costs

     (2,096     (2,178     (2,060

Data sublicense and deferred financing obligation payments

     (10,741     (7,564     (3,796

Repurchase of Parent common stock

     (1,221     (613     (317

Capital contribution from Parent

     3,256       1,999       —     

Other

     —          (582     (376
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     108,257       (22,068     35,985  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     5,768       44,775       (6,160

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     76,538       31,763       37,923  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 82,306     $ 76,538     $ 31,763  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 135,582     $ 140,771     $ 171,879  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 736     $ 847     $ 7,545  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of noncash transactions

      

Deferred financing obligations:

      

Property and equipment

   $ 1,651     $ 12,722     $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other assets

   $ —        $ 2,646     $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 613     $ 6,377     $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 1,038     $ 8,991     $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Business combinations:

      

Goodwill

   $ 11,345     $ 5,553     $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

   $ 10,695     $ 5,553    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

   $ 650       —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

1. Nature of Business and Organization

Nature of Business

Emdeon Inc. (the “Company”), through its subsidiaries, is a provider of revenue and payment cycle management and clinical information exchange solutions, connecting payers, providers and patients of the U.S. healthcare system. The Company’s product and service offerings integrate and automate key business and administrative functions for healthcare payers and healthcare providers throughout the patient encounter, including pre-care patient eligibility and benefits verification and enrollment, clinical information exchange, consumer engagement, claims management and adjudication, payment integrity, payment distribution, payment posting and denial management and patient billing and payment processing.

Organization

The Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company in September 2006 and converted into a Delaware corporation in September 2008 in anticipation of the Company’s August 2009 initial public offering (the “IPO”).

On November 2, 2011, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger among the Company, Beagle Parent Corp. (“Parent”) and Beagle Acquisition Corp. (“Merger Sub”), Merger Sub merged with and into the Company with the Company surviving the merger (the “Merger”). Subsequent to the Merger, the Company became an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent, which is controlled by affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. (“Blackstone”).

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and include all subsidiaries and entities that are controlled by the Company. The results of operations for companies acquired are included in the consolidated financial statements from the effective date of acquisition. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period financial statements to conform to the current period presentation.

Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience, current business factors and various other assumptions that the Company believes are necessary to consider in order to form a basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities, the recorded amounts of revenue and expenses and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Company is subject to uncertainties such as the impact of future events, economic, environmental and political factors and changes in the Company’s business environment; therefore, actual results could differ from these estimates. Accordingly, the accounting estimates used in the preparation of the Company’s financial statements will change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as the Company’s operating environment changes. Changes in estimates are made when circumstances warrant. Such changes in estimates and refinements in estimation methodologies are reflected in the reported results of operations; and if material, the effects of changes in estimates are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Estimates and assumptions by management affect: the allowance for doubtful accounts; the fair value assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations; tax receivable agreement obligations; the fair value of interest rate swap obligations; contingent consideration; loss accruals; the carrying value of long-lived assets (including goodwill and intangible assets); the amortization period of long-lived assets (excluding goodwill); the carrying value, capitalization and amortization of software development costs; the provision and benefit for income taxes and related deferred tax accounts; certain accrued expenses; revenue recognition; contingencies; and the value attributed to equity awards.

Business Combinations

The Company recognizes the consideration transferred (i.e. purchase price) in a business combination, as well as the acquired business’ identifiable assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests at their acquisition date fair value. The excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interest, if any, is recorded as goodwill. Any excess of the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed over the consideration transferred, if any, is generally recognized within earnings as of the acquisition date.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

The fair value of the consideration transferred, assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests is estimated based on one or a combination of income, costs or market approaches as determined based on the nature of the asset or liability and the level of inputs available to the Company (i.e. quoted prices in an active market, other observable inputs or unobservable inputs). To the extent that the Company’s initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete at the end of a reporting period, provisional amounts are reported for those items which are incomplete. The Company retroactively adjusts, to the extent material, such provisional amounts as of the acquisition date once new information is received about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity from the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the Company’s best estimate of losses inherent in the Company’s receivables portfolio determined on the basis of historical experience, specific allowances for known troubled accounts and other currently available evidence.

Software Development Costs

The Company generally provides services to its customers using software developed for internal use. The costs that are incurred to develop such software are expensed as incurred during the preliminary project stage. Once certain criteria have been met, direct costs incurred in developing or obtaining computer software are capitalized. Training, maintenance and data conversion costs are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs are included in property and equipment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and are amortized over a three-year period.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation, including that related to assets under capital lease, is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The useful lives for newly acquired assets are generally as follows:

 

Computer equipment

  3-5 years   

Production equipment

  5-7 years   

Office equipment, furniture and fixtures

  3-7 years   

Software

  3 years   

Technology

  6-9 years   

Leasehold improvements

  Shorter of useful life or lease term   

Expenditures for maintenance, repair and renewals of minor items are expensed as incurred. Expenditures for maintenance repair and renewals that extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets resulting from the Company’s acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets generally as follows:

 

Customer relationships

  5-20 years   

Tradenames

  3-20 years   

Data sublicense agreement

  6 years   

Non-compete agreements

  2-5 years   

Backlog

  4 years   

The Company assesses its goodwill for impairment annually (as of October 1 of each year) or whenever significant indicators of impairment are present. The Company first assesses whether it can reach a more likely than not conclusion that goodwill is not impaired via qualitative analysis alone. To the extent such a conclusion cannot be reached based on a qualitative assessment alone, the

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Company, using the assistance of a valuation specialist as appropriate, compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its associated carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, then a hypothetical acquisition method allocation is performed to determine the amount of the goodwill impairment to recognize. The Company recognized no impairment in conjunction with its most recent goodwill impairment analysis.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets used in operations are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For long-lived assets to be held and used, the Company recognizes an impairment loss only if its carrying amount is not recoverable through its undiscounted cash flows and measures the impairment loss based on the difference between the carrying amount and fair value. Long-lived assets held for sale are reported at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell.

Other Assets

Other assets consist primarily of debt issuance costs and other miscellaneous items. Debt issuance costs are generally amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the debt. The amortization is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Derivatives

Derivative financial instruments are used to manage the Company’s interest rate exposure. The Company does not enter into financial instruments for speculative purposes. Derivative financial instruments are accounted for and measured at fair value and recorded on the balance sheet. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same line item associated with the forecasted transaction in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings (for example, in “interest expense” when the hedged transactions are interest cash flows associated with floating-rate debt). The remaining gain or loss on the derivative instrument in excess of the cumulative change in the present value of future cash flows of the hedged item, if any, is recognized in interest expense in current earnings during the period of change.

Equity Compensation

Compensation expense related to the Company’s equity awards is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. For awards subject to vesting based on market or performance conditions, however, compensation expense is recognized under the accelerated method. The fair value of the equity awards subject only to service conditions is determined by use of a Black-Scholes model. The fair value of the equity awards subject to market or performance conditions is determined by use of a Monte Carlo simulation.

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates most of its revenue by using technology solutions to provide services to our customers that automate and simplify business and administrative functions for payers, providers and pharmacies, generally on either a per transaction, per document, per communication, per member per month, per provider per month, monthly flat fee, contingent fee or hourly basis.

Revenue for transaction-related services, payment distribution services, patient billing and payment services and consulting services is recognized as the services are provided. Postage fees related to the Company’s payment distribution services and patient billing and payment services volumes are recorded on a gross basis. Revenue for our government eligibility and enrollment and accounts receivable management services generally is recognized at the time that our provider customer receives notice from the payer of a pending payment. Revenue for payment integrity services that include customer acceptance provisions is recognized at the time that notice of customer acceptance is received.

Cash receipts or billings in advance of revenue recognition are recorded as deferred revenues in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The Company excludes sales and use tax from revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Income Taxes

The Company records deferred income taxes for the tax effect of differences between book and tax bases of its assets and liabilities, as well as differences relating to the timing of recognition of income and expenses.

Deferred income taxes reflect the available net operating losses and the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Realization of the future tax benefits related to deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s past earnings history, expected future earnings, the character and jurisdiction of such earnings, reversing taxable temporary differences, unsettled circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved, would adversely affect utilization of its deferred tax assets, carryback and carryforward periods and tax strategies that could potentially enhance the likelihood of realization of a deferred tax asset.

The Company recognizes tax benefits for uncertain tax positions at the time the Company concludes that the tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. The benefit, if any, is measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions failing to qualify for initial recognition are recognized in the first subsequent interim period that they meet the more likely than not standard, upon resolution through negotiation or litigation with the taxing authority or on expiration of the statute of limitations.

Tax Receivable Agreement Obligations

In connection with the IPO, the Company entered into tax receivable agreements which obligated the Company to make payments to certain current and former owners of the Company, including affiliates of Hellman & Friedman LLC (“Hellman & Friedman”) and certain members of management, equal to 85% of the applicable cash savings that the Company realizes as a result of tax attributes arising from certain previous transactions, including the Merger. In connection with the Merger, the Company’s former majority owner assigned its rights under the tax receivable agreements to affiliates of Blackstone (Blackstone, together with Hellman & Friedman and certain current and former members of management, are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as the “TRA Members”).

Prior to the Merger, the Company’s balance sheet reflected these obligations at the amount that was both probable and reasonably estimable. In connection with the Merger, the tax receivable agreement obligations were adjusted to their fair value. The fair value of the obligations at the time of the Merger is being accreted to the amount of the gross expected obligations using the interest method. Changes in the amount of these obligations resulting from changes to either the timing or amount of cash flows are recognized in the period of change and measured using the discount rate inherent in the initial fair value of the obligations. The accretion of these obligations is classified as a separate caption in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU “) No. 2014-08, which changes the requirements for reporting discontinued operations. Following adoption of this update, discontinued operations generally will be reported for the disposal by sale or otherwise of a component or a group of components that represents a strategic shift that has or will have a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. This update is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning in those years after December 15, 2014, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this update to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, which replaces most prior general and industry specific revenue recognition guidance with a principles-based comprehensive revenue recognition framework. Under this revised framework, a company will recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods and services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. This update is currently scheduled to be effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning in those years after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. Upon adoption, a company may elect to either retrospectively restate each prior reporting period or reflect the cumulative effect of initially applying the update with an adjustment to retained earnings. The Company is currently assessing the potential effects this update may have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-12, which clarifies, in the context of share-based payment awards, that a performance target that affects vesting and could be achieved after the requisite service period has been rendered should be treated as a performance condition. Prior to this update, because there was no explicit guidance, there was diversity in practice among companies. This update is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this update to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-01, which eliminates the concept of extraordinary items from generally accepted accounting principles. This update is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning in those years after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this update to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company’s revenue is primarily generated in the United States. Changes in economic conditions, government regulations or demographic trends, among other matters, in the United States could adversely affect the Company’s revenue and results of operations.

The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalent balances in either insured depository accounts or money market mutual funds. The money market mutual funds are limited to investments in low-risk securities such as United States or government agency obligations, or repurchase agreements secured by such securities.

4. Business Combinations

In May 2012, the Company acquired all of the equity interests of TC3 Health, Inc. (“TC3”), a technology-enabled provider of cost containment and payment integrity solutions for healthcare payers.

In June 2013, the Company acquired all of the equity interests of Goold Health Systems (“Goold”), a technology-enabled provider of pharmacy benefit and related services primarily to state Medicaid agencies across the nation.

In February 2014, the Company acquired all of the equity interests of Vieosoft, Inc. (“Vieosoft”), a development stage enterprise.

In July 2014, the Company acquired all of the equity interests of Capario, Inc. (“Capario”), a technology-enabled provider of revenue cycle management solutions.

In November 2014, the Company acquired all of the equity interests of Change Healthcare Corporation (“Change Healthcare”), a technology-enabled provider of healthcare consumer engagement and transparency solutions.

In December 2014, the Company acquired all of the equity interests of Adminisource Communications, Inc. (“Adminisource”), a technology-enabled provider of payment and communication solutions.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

The following table summarizes certain information related to these acquisitions. The preliminary values of the consideration transferred, assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Change Healthcare and Adminsource acquisitions, including the related tax effects, are subject to receipt of a final valuation and a final working capital settlement.

 

     Adminisource     Change
Healthcare
    Capario     Vieosoft     Goold     TC3  

Total Consideration Fair Value at Acquisition Date:

            

Cash paid at closing

   $ 34,825      $ 138,329      $ 89,423      $ 800      $ 19,391      $ 61,351   

Contingent consideration

     —          4,680        —          6,015        5,553        —     

Parent options fair value

     —          650        —          —          —          —     

Other

     (276     (380     (219     —          (5     383   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
$ 34,549    $ 143,279    $ 89,204    $ 6,815    $ 24,939    $ 61,734   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocation of the Consideration Transferred:

Cash

$ 20    $ 8,053    $ 2,292    $ 21    $ 1,101    $ 2,340   

Accounts receivable

  7,521      360      4,839      —        3,435      2,662   

Deferred income tax assets

  3,622      3,363      275      —        —        348   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  839      436      1,113      —        647      155   

Property and equipment

  1,324      8,393      9,580      —        7,695      10,414   

Identifiable intangible assets:

Tradename

  —        6,380      900      —        —        530   

Noncompetition agreements

  —        2,800      2,740      1,320      280      1,300   

Customer relationships

  20,947      4,350      38,510      —        5,160      18,810   

Backlog and other

  —        —        —        2,060      460      —     

Goodwill

  4,025      113,939      76,279      6,159      14,300      38,634   

Accounts payable

  (279   (174   (2,270   —        (541   —     

Accrued expenses

  (2,049   (2,248   (8,818   (194   (2,076   (4,783

Deferred revenues

  (1,421   (373   (2   —        (101   —     

Current maturities of long-term debt

  —        —        (2,600   (1,877   (218   —     

Deferred income tax liabilities

  —        —        (14,642   (674   (5,203   (8,592

Long-term debt

  —        (2,000   (18,785   —        —        —     

Other long-term liabilities

  —        —        (207   —        —        (84
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consideration transferred

$ 34,549    $ 143,279    $ 89,204    $ 6,815    $ 24,939    $ 61,734   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition costs in sales, marketing, general and administrative expense:

For the year ended December 31, 2014

$ 553    $ 732    $ 975    $ 112    $ —      $ —     

For the year ended December 31, 2013

$ —      $ —      $ —      $ 199    $ 255    $ —     

For the year ended December 31, 2012

$ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 176    $ 513   

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

     Adminisource      Change
Healthcare
     Capario      Vieosoft     Goold     TC3  

Other Information:

               

Gross contractual accounts receivable

   $ 7,521       $ 360       $ 5,112       $ —        $ 3,435      $ 2,943   

Amount not expected to be collected

   $ —         $ —         $ 273       $ —        $ —        $ —     

Goodwill expected to be deductible for tax

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —        $ —     

Contingent Consideration Information:

               

Contingent consideration range

     N/A       $ 0-$50,000         N/A       $ 0-$43,104      $ 0-15,000        N/A   

Measurement period

     N/A        
 
 
 
January 1,
2015 to
December
31, 2017
  
  
  
  
     N/A        
 
 
 
February 12,
2014 to
December 31,
2017
  
  
  
  
   

 
 
 

July 1,

2013 to
September 30,
2014

  

  
  
  

    N/A   

Basis of measurement

     N/A        
 
Revenue
performance
  
  
     N/A        
 
 
 
Milestone
achievement,
revenue
performance
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Award of
contracts with
annual
revenue
exceeding
targeted
amount
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    N/A   

Type of measurement

     N/A         Level 3         N/A         Level 3        Level 3        N/A   

Key assumptions at the acquisition date:

               

Range of annual revenue performance

     N/A       $
$
5,516 -
51,376
 
  
     N/A       $
$
3,118-
67,925
 
  
    N/A        N/A   

Probability of achieving milestone objectives

     N/A         N/A         N/A         90%        N/A        N/A   

Probability of achieving minimum gross profit margin

     N/A         N/A         N/A        

 
 

5% for

2015 -90%
for 2017

  

  
  

    N/A        N/A   

Probability of winning new contracts

     N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A        10%-50%        N/A   

Probability of retaining contracts that expire during the measurement period

     N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A        90%        N/A   

Range of baseline revenue retention for existing customers

     N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A        75%-125%        N/A   

Expected payment date(s)

     N/A         2016-2018         N/A         2015-2017        12/15/2014        N/A   

Discount rate(s)

     N/A        
 
10.9% to
11.7%
  
  
     N/A        
 
5.2% to
53.2%
  
  
    15.4%        N/A   

Increase (decrease) to net loss:

               

For the year ended December 31, 2014

     N/A       $ —           N/A       $ (1,270   $ 2,577        N/A   

For the year ended December 31, 2013

     N/A       $ —           N/A       $ —        $ (69     N/A   

For the year ended December 31, 2012

     N/A       $ —           N/A       $ —        $ —          N/A   

In January 2015, the Company paid approximately $8,057 to the former stockholders of Goold in full satisfaction of its contingent consideration liability.

The Company generally recognizes goodwill attributable to the assembled workforce and expected synergies among the operations of the acquired entities and the Company’s existing operations. In the case of the Company’s acquisitions of operating companies, synergies generally have resulted from the elimination of duplicative facilities and personnel costs and cross selling opportunities among the Company’s existing customer base. Goodwill is generally deductible for federal income tax purposes when a business combination is treated as an asset purchase. Goodwill is generally not deductible for federal income tax purposes when the business combination is treated as a stock purchase.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, consisted of the following:

 

     2014      2013  

Computer equipment

   $ 71,700       $ 61,348   

Production equipment

     24,266         20,870   

Office equipment, furniture and fixtures

     12,019         10,661   

Software

     147,211         117,265   

Technology

     171,433         156,107   

Leasehold improvements

     36,105         35,700   

Construction in process

     25,077         29,272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  487,811      431,223   

Less accumulated depreciation

  (243,658   (161,753
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

$ 244,153    $ 269,470   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $88,068, $80,538 and $74,777 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the indicated periods.

 

     Payer      Provider     Pharmacy      All Other      Total  

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 827,455       $ 401,845      $ 146,261       $ 112,573       $ 1,488,134   

Acquisitions

     —           —          14,300         —           14,300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

$ 827,455    $ 401,845    $ 160,561    $ 112,573    $ 1,502,434   

Acquisitions

  22,871      34,308      6,159      137,064      200,402   

Other

  —        (267   —        —        (267
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

$ 850,326    $ 435,886    $ 166,720    $ 249,637    $ 1,702,569   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets subject to amortization as of December 31, 2014 consisted of the following:

 

     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  

Customer relationships

     15.8       $ 1,627,530       $ (253,720    $ 1,373,810   

Trade names

     16.1         163,810         (25,336      138,474   

Non-compete agreements

     2.0         19,940         (9,459      10,481   

Data sublicense agreement

     2.8         31,000         (16,584      14,416   

Other

     6.0         2,659         (446      2,213   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 1,844,939    $ (305,545 $ 1,539,394   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense was $101,150, $103,301 and $112,448 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Aggregate future amortization expense for intangible assets is estimated to be:

 

2015

$ 106,127   

2016

  104,932   

2017

  100,668   

2018

  95,637   

2019

  94,791   

Thereafter

  1,037,239   
  

 

 

 
$ 1,539,394   
  

 

 

 

7. Debt Issuance Costs

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the total unamortized debt issuance costs were $12,818 and $13,572, respectively, and are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

8. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 consisted of the following:

 

     2014      2013  

Customer deposits

   $ 28,618       $ 28,201   

Accrued compensation

     31,786         28,449   

Accrued rebates

     10,272         6,165   

Accrued telecommunications

     5,196         4,141   

Accrued outside services

     7,722         10,566   

Accrued insurance

     5,338         4,779   

Accrued income, sales and other taxes

     3,183         3,271   

Accrued interest

     1,828         1,935   

Interest rate swap agreement

     2,567         2,575   

Accrued liabilities for purchases of property and equipment

     2,833         6,462   

Current portion of contingent consideration

     11,548         5,484   

Current portion of tax receivable agreement obligations to related parties

     945         974   

Pass-through payments

     48,072         12,704   

Other accrued liabilities

     15,298         15,443   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 175,206    $ 131,149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

9. Long-Term Debt

In November 2011, the Company incurred substantial new indebtedness comprised of a senior secured term loan facility (as amended, the “Term Loan Facility”), a revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”; together with the Term Loan Facility, the “Senior Credit Facilities”), 11.00% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “2019 Notes”) and 11.25% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “2020 Notes”; together with the 2019 Notes, the “Senior Notes”).

Long-term debt as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      December 31,  
     2014      2013  

Senior Credit Facilities

     

$1,301 million Senior Secured Term Loan facility, due November 2, 2018, net of unamortized discount of $12,740 and $15,826 at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively (effective interest rate of 4.21%)

   $ 1,252,652       $ 1,262,445   

$160 million Senior Secured Term Loan facility, due November 2, 2018, net of unamortized discount of $2,369 and $0 at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively (effective interest rate of 4.56%)

     157,231         —     

$125 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit facility, expiring on November 2, 2016 and bearing interest at a variable base rate plus a spread rate

     —           —     

Senior Notes

     

$375 million 11% Senior Notes due December 31, 2019, net of unamortized discount of $6,720 and $7,664 at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively (effective interest rate of 11.53%)

     368,280         367,336   

$375 million 11.25% Senior Notes due December 31, 2020, net of unamortized discount of $8,624 and $9,560 at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively (effective interest rate of 11.86%)

     366,376         365,440   

Obligation under data sublicense agreement

     17,237         22,543   

Other

     12,129         12,592   

Less current portion

     (27,308      (31,330
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

$ 2,146,597    $ 1,999,026   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Senior Credit Facilities

The credit agreement governing the Senior Credit Facilities (the “Senior Credit Agreement”) provides that, subject to certain conditions, the Company may request additional tranches of term loans, increase commitments under the Revolving Facility or the Term Loan Facility or add one or more incremental revolving credit facility tranches (provided that the revolving credit commitments outstanding at any time have no more than three different maturity dates) in an aggregate amount not to exceed (a) $300,000 plus (b) an unlimited amount at any time, subject to compliance on a pro forma basis with a first lien net leverage ratio of no greater than 4.00 to 1.00. Availability of such additional tranches of term loans or revolving credit facilities and/or increased commitments is subject to, among other conditions, the absence of any default under the Senior Credit Agreement and the receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions. Proceeds of the Revolving Facility, including up to $30,000 in the form of borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans, and up to $50,000 in the form of letters of credits, are available to provide financing for working capital and general corporate purposes.

Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities bear interest at an annual rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at the Company’s option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (i) the applicable prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (iii) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for United States dollar deposits for an interest period of one month, adjusted for certain additional costs, plus 1.00%, which base rate, in the case of the Term Loan Facility only, shall be no less than 2.25%, or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for United States dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing, adjusted for certain additional costs, which, in the case of the Term Loan Facility only, shall be no less than 1.25%.

In April 2012, the Company amended the Senior Credit Agreement to reprice the Senior Credit Facilities and borrow $80,000 of additional term loans. Following this amendment, the LIBOR-based interest rate on the Term Loan Facility was LIBOR plus 3.75%, compared to the previous interest rate of LIBOR plus 5.50%. The new LIBOR-based interest rate on the Revolving Facility was

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

LIBOR plus 3.50% (with a potential step-down to LIBOR plus 3.25% based on the Company’s first lien net leverage ratio), compared to the previous interest rate of LIBOR plus 5.25% (with a potential step-down to LIBOR plus 5.00% based on the Company’s first lien net leverage ratio).

In April 2013, the Company again amended the Senior Credit Agreement to further reprice, and also to modify certain financial covenants under, the Senior Credit Facilities. Following this amendment, the interest rate on the Term Loan Facility is LIBOR plus 2.50%, compared to the previous interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.75%. The new interest rate on the Revolving Facility is LIBOR plus 2.50%, compared to the previous interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.50% (or 3.25% based on a specified first lien net leverage ratio). The Term Loan Facility remains subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25%, and there continues to be no LIBOR floor on the Revolving Facility. In connection with the April 2013 repricing, the Senior Credit Agreement also was amended to, among other things, eliminate the financial covenant related to the consolidated cash interest coverage ratio and modify the financial covenant related to the net leverage test by maintaining the required first lien net leverage ratio at 5.35 to 1.00 for the remaining term of the Senior Credit Facilities.

These amendments to the Senior Credit Agreement resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $23,160 and $21,853 and other expenses related to fees paid to third parties of $1,151 and $3,558, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which have been reflected within sales, marketing, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

In December 2014, the Company borrowed an additional $160,000 under the incremental term loan facility (“Incremental Term Loan”) on identical terms and having the same rights and obligations as the existing term loans under the Senior Credit Agreement through an amendment to the Senior Credit Agreement.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Company is required to pay customary agency fees, letter of credit fees and a 0.50% commitment fee in respect of the unutilized commitments under the Revolving Facility.

The Senior Credit Agreement requires that the Company prepay outstanding loans under the Term Loan Facility, subject to certain exceptions, with (a) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of debt other than debt permitted under the Senior Credit Agreement, (b) 50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% and 0% based on the Company’s first lien net leverage ratio) of the Company’s annual excess cash flow and (c) 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales and casualty and condemnation events, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions.

The Company generally may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the Senior Credit Facilities at any time without premium or penalty other than breakage costs with respect to LIBOR loans; provided, however, the Company, for a period of six months following the December 2014 Incremental Term Loan amendment, is subject to a premium of 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of any Incremental Term Loan amounts so prepaid.

The Company is required to make quarterly payments equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the loans under the Term Loan Facility, with the balance due and payable on November 2, 2018. Any principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Facility is due and payable on November 2, 2016.

Certain of the Company’s United States wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries, together with the Company, are co-borrowers and jointly and severally liable for all obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities. Such obligations of the co-borrowers are unconditionally guaranteed by Beagle Intermediate Holdings, Inc. (a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent), the Company and each of its existing and future United States wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries (with certain exceptions including immaterial subsidiaries). These obligations are secured by a perfected security interest in substantially all of the assets of the co-borrowers and guarantors now owned or later acquired, including a pledge of all of the capital stock of the Company and its United States wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of its foreign restricted subsidiaries, subject in each case to the exclusion of certain assets and additional exceptions.

The Senior Credit Agreement requires the Company to comply with a maximum first lien net leverage ratio financial maintenance covenant, to be tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter. A breach of the first lien net leverage ratio covenant is subject to certain equity cure rights. In addition, the Senior Credit Facilities contain a number of negative covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to:

 

    incur additional indebtedness or guarantees;

 

    incur liens;

 

    make investments, loans and acquisitions;

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

    consolidate or merge;

 

    sell assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries;

 

    pay dividends on capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire capital stock of the Company or any restricted subsidiary, subject to customary covenants, including compliance with leverage ratios and subject to limitation based on net income generated during the term of the Senior Credit Agreement;

 

    alter the business of the Company;

 

    amend, prepay, redeem or purchase subordinated debt;

 

    engage in transactions with affiliates; and

 

    enter into agreements limiting dividends and distributions of certain subsidiaries.

The Senior Credit Agreement also contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and provisions relating to events of default (including upon change of control).

As of December 31, 2014, the Company believes it was in compliance with all of the applicable debt covenants under the Senior Credit Agreement.

Senior Notes

The 2019 Notes bear interest at an annual rate of 11.00% with interest payable semi-annually on June 30 and December 31 of each year. The 2019 Notes mature on December 31, 2019. The 2020 Notes bear interest at an annual rate of 11.25% with interest payable quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. The 2020 Notes mature on December 31, 2020.

The Company may redeem the 2019 Notes, the 2020 Notes or both, in whole or in part, at any time on or after December 31, 2015 at the applicable redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest. At any time prior to December 31, 2015, the Company may redeem the 2019 Notes, the 2020 Notes or both, in whole or in part, at its option and on one or more occasions, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus an applicable premium and accrued and unpaid interest. If the Company experiences specific kinds of changes in control, it must offer to purchase the Senior Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future indebtedness and senior in right of payment to all of its existing and future subordinated indebtedness. The Company’s obligations under the Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior basis by all of its existing and subsequently acquired or organized wholly-owned United States restricted subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Credit Facilities or its other indebtedness or indebtedness of any affiliate guarantor. The Senior Notes and the related guarantees are effectively subordinated to the Company’s existing and future secured obligations and that of its affiliate guarantors to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such obligations, and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any of the Company’s subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Senior Notes.

The indentures governing the Senior Notes (the “Indentures”) contain customary covenants that restrict the ability of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries to:

 

    pay dividends on our capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire our capital stock, subject to customary covenants, including compliance with a fixed charge coverage ratio and subject to limitation based on net income generated during the term of the Indentures;

 

    incur additional indebtedness or issue certain capital stock;

 

    incur certain liens;

 

    make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;

 

    consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of their assets and the assets of their subsidiaries;

 

    prepay subordinated debt;

 

    engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and

 

    enter into agreements restricting the subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends.

The Indentures also contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

As of December 31, 2014, the Company believes it was in compliance with all of the applicable debt covenants under the Senior Notes.

Obligation Under Data Sublicense Agreement

In 2009 and 2010, the Company acquired certain additional rights to specified uses of its data from the former owner of the Company’s business in order to broaden the Company’s ability to pursue business intelligence and data analytics solutions for payers and providers. The Company previously licensed exclusive rights to this data to the former owner of the Company’s business. In connection with these data rights acquisitions, the Company recorded amortizable intangible assets and corresponding obligations at inception based on the present value of the scheduled annual payments through 2018, which totaled $65,000 in the aggregate (approximately $21,400 remained payable at December 31, 2014). In connection with the Merger, the Company was required to adjust this obligation to its fair value.

Other

From time to time, the Company enters into deferred financing arrangements with certain vendors. The obligations under such arrangements are recorded at the present value of the scheduled payments. Such future payments totaled $12,528 at December 31, 2014.

Aggregate Future Maturities

The aggregate amounts of future maturities under long-term debt arrangements are as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31,

2015

$ 27,308   

2016

  27,925   

2017

  17,570   

2018

  1,381,555   

2019

  375,000   

Thereafter

  375,000   
  

 

 

 
$ 2,204,358   
  

 

 

 

10. Interest Rate Swap

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to the Company’s borrowings.

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish this objective, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. In January 2012, the Company executed three interest rate swap agreements to hedge the variable cash flows associated with existing variable-rate debt pursuant to the Term Loan Facility. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had outstanding interest rate derivatives with a combined notional amount of $640,000 that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings. Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable-rate debt. During the next twelve months, the Company estimates that an additional $2,567 will be reclassified as an increase to interest expense.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively:

 

     Fair Values of Derivative Instruments  
     Asset (Liability) Derivatives  
          December 31,      December 31,  
     Balance Sheet Location    2014      2013  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

        

Interest rate swaps

   Other assets    $ 222       $ 899   

Interest rate swaps

   Accrued expenses      (2,567      (2,575
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ (2,345 $ (1,676
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Statement of Operations

The effect of the derivative instruments on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, is summarized in the following table:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

        

Gain/ (loss) related to effective portion of derivative recognized in other comprehensive loss

   $ (3,255    $ (1,559    $ 8,194   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gain/ (loss) related to effective portion of derivative reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to interest expense

$ (2,587 $ (2,586 $ (2,373
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit Risk-related Contingent Features

The Company has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company also could be declared in default on its derivative obligations.

As of December 31, 2014, the termination value of derivatives in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $3,051. If the Company had breached any of these provisions at December 31, 2014, the Company could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at this termination value. The Company does not offset any derivative instruments and the derivative instruments are not subject to collateral posting requirements.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

11. Fair Value Measurements

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist of the Company’s derivative financial instruments and contingent consideration associated with business combinations. The table below summarizes these items as of December 31, 2014, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall.

 

            Quoted in             Significant  
     Balance at      Markets      Significant Other      Unobservable  
     December 31,      Identical      Observable Inputs      Inputs  

Description

   2014      (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)  

Interest rate swaps

   $ (2,345    $ —         $ (2,345    $ —     

Contingent consideration obligations

     (17,486      —           —           (17,486
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ (19,831 $ —      $ (2,345 $ (17,486
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The valuation of the Company’s derivative financial instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivative, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves. The fair value of the interest rate swaps are determined using the market standard methodology of netting the discounted future fixed cash payments (or receipts) and the discounted expected variable cash receipts (or payments) using the overnight index swap rate as the discount rate.

The Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, the Company has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements and measures the credit risk of its derivative financial instruments that are subject to master netting agreements on a net basis by counterparty portfolio.

Although the Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the credit valuation adjustments associated with its derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs to evaluate the likelihood of default by itself and by its counterparties. As of December 31, 2014, the Company determined that the credit valuation adjustments are not significant to the overall valuation of its derivatives. As a result, the Company determined that its derivative valuations in their entirety are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The valuation of the Company’s contingent consideration obligations is estimated as the present value of total expected contingent consideration payments which are determined using a Monte Carlo simulation. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the purchase agreement and utilizes assumptions with regard to future sales, probabilities of achieving such future sales, the timing of the expected payments and a discount rate. Significant increases with respect to assumptions as to future sales and probabilities of achieving such future sales would result in a higher fair value measurement while an increase in the discount rate would result in a lower fair value measurement.

The table below presents a reconciliation of the fair value of the liabilities that use significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31,  
     2014      2013  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ (5,484    $ (296

Adjustment of provisional amounts

     —           —     

Issuance of contingent consideration

     (10,695      (5,553

Settlement of contingent consideration

     —           296   

Total changes included in contingent consideration

     (1,307      69   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

$ (17,486 $ (5,484
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company’s pharmacy services segment received notice that its existing contract with a customer would not be renewed in full upon its expiration. As a result, the Company abandoned a customer related project that

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

was under development and assessed the recoverability of the net assets included in the relevant asset group. The Company recognized an impairment charge to write off the abandoned project and to adjust the carrying value of the asset group to its fair value. This latter impairment charge was generally allocated to the affected long-lived assets on a pro rata basis. Additionally, the Company abandoned certain pharmacy services and provider services segment development projects in connection with execution of certain strategic initiatives during the year ended December 31, 2014.

The following table summarizes the affected financial statement captions, the allocation of the impairment charges among those captions and provides certain quantitative information associated with the required fair value measurements.

 

     Range of Inputs   Fair Value      Impairment  

Long-lived assets to be held and used

       

Relevant asset group

   N/A   $ 13,066       $ 73,220   

Balance sheet account:

       

Customer relationships

   N/A     N/A       $ 72,290   

Property and equipment

   N/A     N/A       $ 930   

Unobservable inputs (discounted cash flow method):

       

Probability of contract extension

   80%     N/A         N/A   

Probability of new contract execution

   20%-90%     N/A         N/A   

Expected annual revenue range

   $3,080-$3,590     N/A         N/A   

Risk free interest rate

   1.6%     N/A         N/A   

Long-lived assets to be disposed of

       

Property and Equipment

   N/A   $ —         $ 9,949   

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value upon Initial Recognition

The carrying amount and the estimated fair value of financial instruments held by the Company as of December 31, 2014 were:

 

     Carrying         
     Amount      Fair Value  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 82,306       $ 82,306   

Accounts receivable

   $ 233,791       $ 233,791   

Senior Credit Facilities (Level 1)

   $ 1,424,992       $ 1,400,453   

Senior Notes (Level 2)

   $ 750,000       $ 811,643   

The carrying amounts of cash equivalents and accounts receivable approximate fair value because of their short-term maturities. The fair value of long-term debt is based upon market quotes and trades by investors in partial interests of these instruments.

12. Commitments

Lease Commitments

The Company recognizes lease expense on a straight-line basis, including predetermined fixed escalations, over the initial lease term including reasonably assured renewal periods from the time that the Company controls the leased property.

The Company leases its offices and other facilities under operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through 2025. Future minimum lease commitments under these non-cancellable lease agreements as of December 31, 2014 were as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31:

  

2015

   $ 12,022   

2016

     11,368   

2017

     10,721   

2018

     9,504   

2019

     4,981   

Thereafter

     14,985   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

$ 63,581   
  

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Total rent expense for all operating leases was $12,991, $12,625 and $11,193 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Post-employment Benefits

The Company generally offers post-employment benefits to its employees in the case of certain employee termination events consisting of severance and outplacement services. The extent of such benefits vary based on employee title and, in some cases, accumulate based on the respective employee’s years of service to the Company. Due to the episodic nature of the Company’s severance benefit history and the inability to reasonably predict future termination events, no accrual for accumulating severance benefits is accrued until the point that the payment of a severance benefit is probable and can be reasonably estimated.

13. Legal Proceedings

The Company finalized and paid $8,000 related to the settlement of a vendor fee dispute in 2014, with $3,000 and $5,000 of this amount recognized within sales, marketing, general and administrative expense during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Additionally, in the normal course of business, the Company is involved in various claims and legal proceedings. While the ultimate resolution of these matters has yet to be determined, the Company does not believe that their outcomes will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

14. Incentive Compensation Plans

Equity Compensation Plans

In connection with the Merger, the Company’s then outstanding grants under various equity compensation programs, including the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”), became fully vested immediately prior to the closing of the Merger in accordance with the award agreements and were settled in cash, canceled or, for certain members of senior management, exchanged for new options of Parent common stock (the “Rollover Awards”).

Parent assumed the 2009 Plan by adopting the Beagle Parent Corp. Amended and Restated 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Parent Equity Plan”). Pursuant to the Parent Equity Plan, 159,750 shares of Parent common stock have been reserved for the issuance of equity awards to employees, directors and consultants of Parent and its affiliates.

Equity Awards

Parent grants equity-based awards of Parent common stock to certain employees and directors under the Parent Equity Plan. Grants under the Parent Equity Plan consist of one, or a combination of, time-vested awards and/or performance-based awards. In each case, the equity awards are subject to certain call rights by Parent in the event of termination of service by the award holder and put rights by the award holder or his/her beneficiaries in the event of death or disability. The Company’s practice is to repurchase shares of Parent common stock held by former employees no earlier than six months following issuance of such shares of Parent common stock. As of December 31, 2014, the Company expects to repurchase 2,090 such shares of Parent common stock.

Time Vested Awards: The time-vested awards consist of the following:

(i) Tier I Time Awards were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair value of Parent common stock on the date of grant and generally vest in equal 20% installments on the first through fifth anniversary of the Merger or the grant date, subject to the award holder’s continued employment through each vesting date. The Company estimates the fair value of the Tier I Time Awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. As of December 31, 2014, unrecognized compensation expense related to Tier I Time Awards was $24,305. This expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.30 years.

(ii) Tier II Time Awards were granted with an exercise price greater than the fair value of Parent common stock on the date of grant and generally vest in equal 20% installments on the first through fifth anniversary of the Merger or grant date, subject to the award holder’s continued employment through each vesting date. As the Tier II Time Awards were granted with an exercise price that was significantly out of the money as of the grant date, the Tier II Time Awards contain an implied market condition. As a result, the requisite service period is the longer of the explicit and derived service periods. The Company estimates the fair value of the Tier II Time Awards using a Monte Carlo simulation. As of December 31, 2014, unrecognized compensation expense related to the Tier II Time Awards was $2,564. This expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.25 years.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Performance Awards: The performance awards were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair value of Parent common stock on the date of grant and vest, subject to the employee’s continued employment through the vesting date, on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it (i.e. a liquidity event) and achieved a specified rate of return. The Company values the performance awards using a Monte Carlo simulation. Because vesting of the performance awards is contingent upon the occurrence of a liquidity event, no compensation expense has been recorded related to the performance awards. In the event that a sale by Blackstone of at least 25% of its stock occurs, the Company will record all related compensation expense at that time. As of December 31, 2014, unrecognized compensation expense related to the performance awards was $24,561.

Restricted Stock Units: During 2014, the Company granted 1,500 restricted stock units with a grant date fair value of $1,020 to vest in 20% equal installments on the first through fifth anniversary of the Merger or the grant date, subject to the employee’s continued employment through each vesting date. As of December 31, 2014, no restricted stock units were vested and unrecognized compensation expense related to the restricted stock units was $1,347. This expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.67 years.

Modification of Awards

In September 2013, awards granted to the Company’s former chief executive officer were modified to accelerate vesting and extend the grace period to exercise a portion of the Tier I Time Awards and Performance Awards for three years following his termination. In November 2014, awards granted to a former executive were modified to extend the period to exercise vested options following his termination. The former executive’s exercise period for the Tier I Time Awards was extended to fourteen months following his termination, and total incremental compensation cost recognized as a result of these modifications to the Tier I Time Awards was $167 and $970 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Additionally, the former executive’s exercise period for the Performance Awards was extended to eight months following his termination, and in the event the performance condition governing the Performance Awards becomes probable, the Company will recognize $1,031 of incremental compensation cost as a result of these modifications.

Activity Summary

A summary of award activity under the Parent Equity Plan for the year ended December 31, 2014, is presented separately below for awards valued using the Black Scholes option pricing model and a Monte Carlo simulation.

Awards Valued Using the Black Scholes Option Pricing Model

 

                               Weighted Average                
                 Weighted Average      Remaining      Aggregate  
     Awards     Exercise Price      Contractual Term      Intrinsic Value  
     Tier I Time     Rollover     Tier I Time      Rollover      Tier I Time      Rollover      Tier I Time      Rollover  
     Awards     Awards     Awards      Awards      Awards      Awards      Awards      Awards  

Outstanding at January 1, 2014

     54,722.7        2,985.0      $ 1,006       $ 250         8.9         7.8       $ 764       $ 4,058   

Granted

     17,500.0        472.0        1,241         88               

Exercised

     (3,463.0     (875.0     1,000         250               942         917   

Expired

     —          —          —           —                 

Forfeited

     (7,389.7     —          1,001         —                 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

     61,370.0        2,582.0      $ 1,074       $ 220         8.4         7.4       $ 24,005       $ 3,215   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

  21,490.5      2,582.0    $ 1,003    $ 220      7.7      7.4    $ 9,928    $ 3,215   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Awards Valued Using a Monte Carlo Simulation

 

                               Weighted Average                
                 Weighted Average      Remaining      Aggregate  
     Awards     Exercise Price      Contractual Term      Intrinsic Value  
     Tier II Time     Performance     Tier II Time      Performance      Tier II Time      Performance      Tier II Time      Performance  
     Awards     Awards     Awards      Awards      Awards      Awards      Awards      Awards  

Outstanding at January 1, 2014

     16,300.0        52,000.0      $ 2,500       $ 1,005         8.9         9.6       $ —         $ —     

Granted

     2,850.0        16,750.0        2,500         1,239               

Exercised

     —          —          —           —                 

Expired

     —          —          —           —                 

Forfeited

     (4,900.0     (9,177.5     2,500         1,000               

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

     14,250.0        59,572.5      $ 2,500       $ 1,074         8.2         8.4       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

  5,140.0      —      $ 2,500    $ —        7.8      —      $ —      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

     Restricted  
     Stock Units  

Unvested at December 31, 2013

     —     

Granted

     1,500   

Canceled

     —     

Vested

     —     
  

 

 

 

Unvested at December 31, 2014

  1,500   
  

 

 

 

Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo Simulation Option Pricing Model Assumptions

The following table summarizes the weighted average grant date fair values of awards valued using the Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo Simulation option pricing models, as appropriate, and the weighted average assumptions used to develop the fair value estimates under each of the valuation models for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively:

 

     Tier I     Tier II     Performance  
     Time Awards     Time Awards     Awards  

Year Ended December 31, 2014:

      

Weighted average grant date fair value

   $ 721.62      $ 399.07      $ 409.74   

Expected volatility

     59.22     55.87     54.01

Risk-free interest rate

     1.93     2.76     2.35

Expected term (years)

     6.50        N/A        N/A   
      

Year Ended December 31, 2013:

      

Weighted average grant date fair value

   $ 606.70      $ 399.07      $ 371.61   

Expected volatility

     62.05     55.87     55.87

Risk-free interest rate

     1.77     2.76     2.76

Expected term (years)

     6.48        N/A        N/A   
      

Year Ended December 31, 2012:

      

Weighted average grant date fair value

   $ 567.88      $ 381.50      $ 433.67   

Expected volatility

     61.80     57.63     57.63

Risk-free interest rate

     0.84     1.57     1.57

Expected term (years)

     6.15        N/A        N/A   

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Expected dividend yield — The Company is subject to limitations on the payment of dividends under its Senior Credit Facilities as further discussed in Note 9 above to these consolidated financial statements. An increase in the dividend yield will decrease compensation expense.

Expected volatility — This is a measure of the amount by which the price of the equity instrument has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate. For the Rollover Awards, the expected volatility was estimated based on a weighted average of the stock historical volatility prior to the Merger and the median historical volatility of a group of guideline companies (weighted based upon proportion of the expected term represented by the Company’s historical volatility and the volatility of the guideline companies, respectively). For awards granted following the Merger, the expected volatility was based upon the levered median historical volatility of a group of guideline companies. An increase in the expected volatility will increase compensation expense.

Risk-free interest rate — This is the U.S. Treasury rate for the week of the grant having a term approximating the expected life of the award. An increase in the risk-free interest rate will increase compensation expense.

Expected term — This is the period of time over which the awards are expected to remain outstanding. The Company estimates the expected term as the mid-point between the actual or expected vesting date and the contractual term. An increase in the expected term will increase compensation expense.

Summary of Equity Compensation Expense

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized expense of $7,334, $7,021 and $6,842, and an income tax benefit of $733, $59 and $0, respectively, in the aggregate related to its equity compensation arrangements.

Long Term Cash Incentive Plan

During 2013, the Company adopted the Emdeon Long Term Cash Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”). Under the terms of the LTIP, each participant has the opportunity to accrue a specified percentage of their respective annual base salary during each year of the 2013 to 2017 performance period based on the amount by which earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization of the participants designated business unit exceed a specified threshold. Aggregate payments under the LTIP will occur only in connection with a change in control of the Company and generally require the continued service of the respective participants through the date of the change in control.

At December 31, 2014, based on current participants, the maximum amount of cash payments that could be payable under the LTIP in the event of a change in control are $7,035. As of December 31, 2014, an estimated $1,771 of this maximum amount has been earned by the participants and would be payable in the event of a change in control. Because any payments under the LTIP are contingent upon a change in control, no amounts under the LTIP have been accrued in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

15. Retirement Plans

Employees of the Company may participate in a 401k plan, which provides for matching contributions from the Company. Expenses related to this 401k plan were $5,174, $4,942 and $4,040 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

16. Income Taxes

The income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Current:

        

Federal

   $ (1,063    $ 349       $ (3,567

State

     2,590         2,521         1,868   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current income tax provision (benefit)

  1,527      2,870      (1,699
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

Federal

  (42,382   (40,161   (41,210

State

  (1,010   606      2,763   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

  (43,392   (39,555   (38,447
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax provision (benefit)

$ (41,865 $ (36,685 $ (40,146
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

The differences between the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rate principally relate to the impact of valuation allowances and uncertain tax positions related to state income taxes, book versus tax basis differences in the Company’s investment in EBS Master LLC (“EBS Master”) prior to the change in tax status of EBS Master from a partnership to a corporation in January 2014, non-deductible costs related to the Merger and stock compensation expense recorded for book purposes but not deductible for tax. The reconciliation between the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2013     2012  

Statutory U.S. federal tax rate

     35.00     35.00     35.00

State income taxes (net of federal benefit)

     1.00        (1.89     (2.95

Other

     0.79        (0.10     (1.02

Domestic production activities

     —          —          2.85   

Change in tax status

     (1.23     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

  35.56   33.01   33.88
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards (tax effected) for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $162,671 and $39,362, respectively, which expire from 2027 through 2035 and 2017 through 2035, respectively. A portion of net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation regarding their utilization against taxable income in future periods due to the “change of ownership” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions.

The Company and certain of its subsidiaries are included in Parent’s consolidated filing group for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as well as in certain state income tax returns that include Parent. With respect to tax returns for any taxable period in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries are included in a tax return filing with Parent, the amount of taxes to be paid by the Company is determined, subject to certain adjustments, as if it and its subsidiaries filed their own tax returns excluding Parent.

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

 

     2014      2013  

Deferred tax assets and (liabilities):

     

Depreciation and amortization

   $ (636,550    $ (327,142

Investment in partnership

     —           (307,077

Accounts receivable

     2,503         738   

Fair value of interest rate swap

     967         632   

Accruals and reserves

     17,756         4,122   

Capital and net operating losses

     203,962         182,182   

Debt discount and interest

     451         1,249   

Equity compensation

     8,675         6,960   

Valuation allowance

     (15,468      (7,012

Tax receivable agreement obligation to related parties

     21,381         13,484   

Other

     1,989         1,918   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets and (liabilities)

$ (394,334 $ (429,946
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reported as:

Current deferred tax assets

$ 18,893    $ 6,317   

Non-current deferred tax liabilities

  (413,227   (436,263
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets and (liabilities)

$ (394,334 $ (429,946
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In January 2014, the Company effected a change in the tax status of EBS Master from a partnership to a corporation. Prior to the tax status change, the Company recognized a deferred tax liability for the difference in the book and tax basis of its investment in EBS Master (i.e. outside basis). Following the tax status change, the Company’s deferred tax balances reflect differences in the book and tax bases of the individual assets and liabilities included in the corporation.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefit is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Unrecognized benefit from prior years

   $ 11,366       $ 11,021       $ 9,911   

Decreases from prior period tax positions

     (38      (216      —     

Increases from prior period tax positions

        —           —     

Increases from current period tax positions

     331         561         1,461   

Decreases from settlements with taxing authorities

     (1,347      —           (351
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending unrecognized benefit

$ 10,312    $ 11,366    $ 11,021   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $752 and $1,805 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which if recognized, would affect the effective income tax rate. The Company anticipates that the total amount of the unrecognized tax positions could change significantly in the next twelve months as a result of further insight as to the possible resolution of matters before the Joint Committee on Taxation, as well as the expiration of the statute of limitations related to certain matters.

The Company recognizes interest income and expense (if any) related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense. The Company recognized no interest and penalties for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states and foreign jurisdictions. The Company’s U.S. federal and state income tax returns for the tax years 2011 and beyond remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service. With respect to state and local jurisdictions and countries outside of the United States, the Company and its subsidiaries are typically subject to examination for a number of years after the income tax returns have been filed. Although the outcome of tax audits is always uncertain, the Company believes that adequate amounts of tax, interest and penalties have been provided for in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for any adjustments that may be incurred due to state, local or foreign audits.

17. Tax Receivable Agreement Obligations to Related Parties

The Company is a party to tax receivable agreements which obligate it to make payments to certain current and former owners of the Company, including affiliates of Blackstone, Hellman & Friedman and certain members of management (collectively, the “TRA Members”), equal to 85% of the applicable cash savings that the Company realizes as a result of tax attributes arising from certain previous transactions, including the Merger. The Company will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these tax savings.

The Company expects cumulative remaining payments under the tax receivable agreements of $351,190. $164,928 of this amount, which reflected the initial fair value of the tax receivable agreement obligations plus recognized accretion, was reflected as an obligation on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2014. The accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 include accretion expense of $14,446, $26,470 and $8,666, respectively, related to this obligation.

During 2014, the Company changed its estimate of the timing and amount of future cash flows attributable to the tax receivable agreements as a result of a change in the Company’s effective tax rate, acquisitions consummated during the year and routine updates to financial projections. These revised estimates resulted in a decrease to loss before income tax benefit of $5,516 for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Based on current facts and circumstances, the Company estimates the aggregate payments due under the tax receivable agreements to be as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31:

2015

$ 945   

2016

  980   

2017

  64,290   

2018

  84,386   

2019

  23,842   

Thereafter

  176,747   
  

 

 

 

Gross expected payments

  351,190   

Less: Amounts representing discount

  (186,262
  

 

 

 

Total tax receivable agreement obligations due to related parties

  164,928   

Less: Current portion due (included in accrued expenses)

  (945
  

 

 

 

Tax receivable agreement obligations due to related parties

$ 163,983   
  

 

 

 

The timing and/or amount of aggregate payments due may vary based on a number of factors, including the amount and timing of the taxable income the Company generates in the future and the tax rate then applicable, the use of loss carryovers and the portion of payments under the tax receivable agreements constituting imputed interest or amortizable basis.

18. Other Related Party Transactions

Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement

In connection with the Merger, the Company entered into a transaction and advisory fee agreement with Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C., an affiliate of Blackstone (“BMP”), and Hellman & Friedman, L.P., an affiliate of Hellman & Friedman (“HFLP,” and, together with BMP, the “Managers”), for a term of twelve years. Pursuant to the agreement, in consideration for certain advisory services, the Company is obligated to pay the Managers at the beginning of each fiscal year an aggregate advisory fee of $6,000 or an agreed upon amount not to exceed 2% of consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) for such fiscal year. Pursuant to the agreement, the Managers are also entitled to receive transaction fees equal to 1% of the aggregate transaction value upon the consummation of any acquisition, divestiture, disposition, merger, consolidation, restructuring or recapitalization, issuance of private or public debt or equity securities (including an initial public offering of equity securities), financing or similar transaction involving the Company.

Pursuant to the agreement, in connection with or in anticipation of a change in control of the Company, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or an initial public offering of the equity of the Company or parent entity of the Company or their successors, the Managers have the option to receive, in consideration of such Manager’s role in facilitating such transaction and in settlement of the termination of the services, a single lump sum cash payment equal to the then-present value of all the then-current and future annual advisory fees payable under the agreement, assuming a remaining twelve-year payment period. To the extent that the Company does not pay the lump sum fee when due, the obligation will accrue interest at an annual rate of 10%, compounded quarterly.

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company paid $6,000 ($4,350 to BMP and $1,650 to HFLP), $6,000 ($4,350 to BMP and $1,650 to HFLP) and $6,600 ($5,985 to BMP and $615 to HFLP) in advisory fees and approximately $400, $200 and $400, respectively, as reimbursement to BMP for their out of pocket expenses. The advisory fees are reflected within sales, marketing, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

2019 Notes and Term Loans Held by Related Party

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, certain investment funds managed by GSO Capital Partners LP (the “GSO-managed funds”) held a portion of the 2019 Notes and the Senior Credit Facilities. GSO Advisor Holdings LLC (“GSO Advisor”) is the general partner of GSO Capital Partners LP. Blackstone, indirectly through its subsidiaries, holds all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of GSO Advisor. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the GSO-managed funds held $0 and $100,000 in principal amount of the 2019 Notes and $68,588 and $90,645 in principal amount of the Senior Credit Facilities ($686 and $906 of which is classified within current portion of long-term debt), respectively.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Transactions with Blackstone Portfolio Companies

The Company provides various services to, and purchases from, certain Blackstone portfolio companies under contracts that were executed in the normal course of business. The Company recognized revenue of $3,230, $6,959 and $3,606 related to services provided to Blackstone portfolio companies for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Transactions with Hellman & Friedman Portfolio Companies

The Company both provides various services to, and purchases from, certain Hellman & Friedman portfolio companies under contracts that were executed in the normal course of business. The Company recognized revenue of $6,028, $2,029 and $206 related to services provided to Hellman & Friedman portfolio companies for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company paid Hellman & Friedman portfolio companies $116, $695 and $101 related to services provided to the Company for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

19. Segment Reporting

Effective January 1, 2014, the Company completed an internal reorganization of its reporting structure which resulted in a change in the composition of its operating segments. Additionally, the Company periodically makes other changes to the composition of its operating segments. Prior period segment information is restated to reflect the organizational structure and any other changes made.

During 2014, management viewed the Company’s operating results in three reportable segments: (a) payer services, (b) provider services and (c) pharmacy services. Listed below are the results of operations for each of the reportable segments. This information is reflected in the manner utilized by management to make operating decisions, assess performance and allocate resources. Segment assets are not presented to management for purposes of operational decision making, and therefore are not included in the accompanying tables. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 2 to these consolidated financial statements.

Payer Services Segment

The payer services segment provides payment cycle solutions that simplify the administration of healthcare related to insurance eligibility and benefit verification, claims management, payment integrity and payment distribution. Additionally, the payer services segment provides patient billing and payment and consulting services.

Provider Services Segment

The provider services segment provides revenue cycle management solutions, government program eligibility and enrollment services and revenue optimization solutions primarily to hospitals, physician practices, laboratories and other healthcare providers that simplify providers’ revenue cycle and workflow, reduce related costs and improve cash flow.

Pharmacy Services Segment

The pharmacy services segment provides electronic prescribing services, other electronic solutions and benefit administration services to pharmacies, pharmacy benefit management companies, government agencies and other payers related to prescription benefit claim filing, adjudication and management.

All Other

All Other consists of three operating segments, one which provides revenue cycle management solutions through channel partners, one which provides revenue cycle solutions, either directly or through channel partners, to dental practices and one, beginning in December 2014 following the acquisition of Change Healthcare, which provides consumer engagement and transparency solutions.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Corporate and Eliminations

Inter-segment revenue and expenses primarily represent claims management and patient billing and payment services provided between segments.

Corporate and eliminations includes management, administrative and other shared corporate services functions such as information technology, legal, finance, human resources, marketing and product management, as well as eliminations to remove inter-segment revenue and expenses. These administrative and other shared services costs are excluded from the adjusted EBITDA measure for each respective operating segment.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

The revenue and adjusted EBITDA for the operating segments are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2014  
     Payer     Provider     Pharmacy     All Other      Corporate and
Eliminations
    Consolidated  

Revenue from external customers:

             

Claims management

   $ 297,199     $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —        $ 297,199  

Payment distribution services

     290,969       —          —          —           —          290,969  

Patient billing and payment services

     273,911       —          —          —           —          273,911  

Revenue cycle technology

     —          127,565       —          —           —          127,565  

Revenue cycle services

     —          134,126       —          —           —          134,126  

Physician services

     —          43,250       —          —           —          43,250  

Pharmacy

     —          —          125,978       —           —          125,978  

Channel Partner

     —          —          —          48,346        (23,276     25,070  

Dental

     —          —          —          31,868        —          31,868  

Other

     —          —          —          477        —          477  

Inter-segment revenue

     8,723       —          352       —           (9,075     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

$ 870,802   $ 304,941   $ 126,330   $ 80,691   $ (32,351 $ 1,350,413  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  207,500     92,328     (24,232   42,988     (436,303 $ (117,719

Interest expense

  (9   (159   (12   —        147,009     146,829  

Depreciation and amortization

  66,491     48,129     14,864     195     59,539     189,218  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  273,982     140,298     (9,380   43,183     (229,755   218,328  

Equity compensation

  1,003     842     250     88     5,151     7,334  

Acquisition accounting adjustments

  192     57     697     3     86     1,035  

Acquisition-related costs

  2,067     303     (69   29     4,597     6,927  

Transaction-related costs and advisory fees

  —        —        —        —        6,448     6,448  

Strategic initiatives, duplicative and transition costs

  689     30     127     —        12,018     12,864  

Severance costs

  1,634     1,520     18     54     4,779     8,005  

Accretion

  —        —        —        —        14,446     14,446  

Impairment of long-lived assets

  185     470     73,751     5     8,758     83,169  

Contingent consideration

  —        —        1,071     —        236     1,307  

Other non-routine, net

  3,149     489     337     21     488     4,484  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA Adjustments

  8,919     3,711     76,182     200     57,007     146,019  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

$ 282,901   $ 144,009   $ 66,802   $ 43,383   $ (172,748 $ 364,347  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2013  
     Payer      Provider      Pharmacy     All Other      Corporate and
Eliminations
    Consolidated  

Revenue from external customers:

               

Claims management

   $ 290,980      $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —        $ 290,980  

Payment distribution services

     261,168        —           —          —           —          261,168  

Patient billing and payment services

     251,497        —           —          —           —          251,497  

Revenue cycle technology

     —           118,298        —          —           —          118,298  

Revenue cycle services

     —           123,471        —          —           —          123,471  

Physician services

     —           37,329        —          —           —          37,329  

Pharmacy

     —           —           112,083       —           —          112,083  

Channel Partner

     —           —           —          40,369        (25,003     15,366  

Dental

     —           —           —          32,375        —          32,375  

Inter-segment revenue

     6,006        —           334       —           (6,340     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

$ 809,651   $ 279,098   $ 112,417   $ 72,744   $ (31,343 $ 1,242,567  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  189,582     74,494     45,467     34,375     (455,061 $ (111,143

Interest expense

  —        33     (11   —        153,147     153,169  

Depreciation and amortization

  64,743     47,103     15,920     148     55,925     183,839  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  254,325     121,630     61,376     34,523     (245,989   225,865  

Equity compensation

  1,161     1,181     197     946     3,536     7,021  

Acquisition accounting adjustments

  282     440     143     17     12     894  

Acquisition-related costs

  2,429     99     70     4     643     3,245  

Transaction-related costs and advisory fees

  —        —        —        —        6,948     6,948  

Strategic initiatives, duplicative and transition costs

  130     —        1,229     101     6,941     8,401  

Severance costs

  453     330     567     284     5,886     7,520  

Loss on extinguishment of debt and other related costs

  —        —        —        —        24,311     24,311  

Accretion

  —        —        —        —        26,470     26,470  

Impairment of long-lived assets

  —        —        —        —        10,619     10,619  

Contingent consideration

  —        —        (69   —        —        (69

Other non-routine, net

  5,296     665     15     7     (3,218   2,765  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA Adjustments

  9,751     2,715     2,152     1,359     82,148     98,125  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

$ 264,076   $ 124,345   $ 63,528   $ 35,882   $ (163,841 $ 323,990  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2012  
     Payer      Provider      Pharmacy     All Other      Corporate and
Eliminations
    Consolidated  

Revenue from external customers:

               

Claims management

   $ 251,073      $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —        $ 251,073  

Payment distribution services

     253,499        —           —          —           —          253,499  

Patient billing and payment services

     253,576        —           —          —           —          253,576  

Revenue cycle technology

     —           105,936        —          —           —          105,936  

Revenue cycle services

     —           114,487        —          —           —          114,487  

Physician services

     —           34,629        —          —           —          34,629  

Pharmacy

     —           —           95,079       —           —          95,079  

Channel Partner

     —           —           —          38,685        (26,237     12,448  

Dental

     —           —           —          31,586        —          31,586  

Inter-segment revenue

     4,832        —           350       —           (5,182     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

$ 762,980   $ 255,052   $ 95,429   $ 70,271   $ (31,419 $ 1,152,313  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  164,760     57,185     42,825     33,084     (416,335 $ (118,481

Interest expense

  8     80     (6   —        172,171     172,253  

Depreciation and amortization

  67,285     52,462     15,017     136     52,325     187,225  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  232,053     109,727     57,836     33,220     (191,839   240,997  

Equity compensation

  1,049     1,169     319     1,314     2,991     6,842  

Acquisition accounting adjustments

  2,482     1,993     4     215     3     4,697  

Acquisition-related costs

  6,308     174     79     29     323     6,913  

Transaction-related costs and advisory fees

  —        —        —        —        9,907     9,907  

Strategic initiatives, duplicative and transition costs

  660     34     204     1,410     7,422     9,730  

Severance costs

  763     457     —        72     340     1,632  

Loss on extinguishment of debt and other related costs

  —        —        —        —        25,411     25,411  

Accretion

  —        —        —        —        8,666     8,666  

Impairment of long-lived assets

  1,698     59     —        —        108     1,865  

Other non-routine, net

  676     312     11     41     (1,261   (221
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA Adjustments

  13,636     4,198     617     3,081     53,910     75,442  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

$ 245,689   $ 113,925   $ 58,453   $ 36,301   $ (137,929 $ 316,439  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

20. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following is a summary of the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) balances, net of taxes, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

     Foreign             Accumulated  
     Currency             Other  
     Translation      Cash Flow      Comprehensive  
     Adjustment      Hedge      Income (Loss)  

Balance at January 1, 2014

   $ (264    $ (1,079    $ (1,343

Change associated with foreign currency translation

     (219      —           (219

Change associated with current period hedging

     —           (2,980      (2,980

Reclassification into earnings

     —           2,587         2,587   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

$ (483 $ (1,472 $ (1,955
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

21. Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Financial Information

In lieu of providing separate annual and interim financial statements for each guarantor of debt securities to be registered, Regulation S-X of SEC Guidelines, Rules and Regulations (“Regulation S-X”) provides companies, if certain criteria are satisfied, with the option to instead provide condensed consolidating financial information for its issuers, guarantors and non-guarantors. In the case of the Company, the applicable criteria include the following: (i) the Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis (subject to customary release provisions), (ii) each of the guarantors of the Senior Notes is a direct or indirect 100%-owned subsidiary of the Company and (iii) any non-guarantors are considered minor as that term is defined in Regulation S-X. Because each of these criteria has been satisfied by the Company, summarized condensed consolidating balance sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2013, condensed consolidating statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, for the Company, segregating the issuer, the subsidiary guarantors and consolidating adjustments, are reflected below. Prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

 

     As of December 31, 2014  
     Emdeon Inc.      Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

ASSETS

          

Current assets:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 796       $ 81,510       $ —        $ 82,306   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

     —           233,791         —          233,791   

Deferred income tax assets

     —           18,893         —          18,893   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2,267         26,979         —          29,246   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

  3,063      361,173      —        364,236   

Property and equipment, net

  7      244,146      —        244,153   

Due from affiliates

  —        180,610      (180,610   —     

Investment in consolidated subsidiaries

  1,740,062      —        (1,740,062   —     

Goodwill

  —        1,702,569      —        1,702,569   

Intangible assets, net

  133,500      1,405,894      —        1,539,394   

Other assets, net

  152,689      17,270      (149,647   20,312   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 2,029,321    $ 3,911,662    $ (2,070,319 $ 3,870,664   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

$ —      $ 16,399    $ —      $ 16,399   

Accrued expenses

  4,935      170,271      —        175,206   

Deferred revenues

  —        10,518      —        10,518   

Current portion of long-term debt

  6,709      20,599      —        27,308   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  11,644      217,787      —        229,431   

Due to affiliates

  180,610      —        (180,610   —     

Long-term debt, excluding current portion

  771,019      1,375,578      —        2,146,597   

Deferred income tax liabilities

  —        562,874      (149,647   413,227   

Tax receivable agreement obligations to related parties

  163,983      —        —        163,983   

Other long-term liabilities

  —        15,361      —        15,361   

Commitments and contingencies

Equity

  902,065      1,740,062      (1,740,062   902,065   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

$ 2,029,321    $ 3,911,662    $ (2,070,319 $ 3,870,664   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Emdeon Inc.      Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

ASSETS

          

Current assets:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,794       $ 73,744       $ —        $ 76,538   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

     —           214,247         —          214,247   

Deferred income tax assets

     —           6,317         —          6,317   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,441         23,578         —          27,019   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

  6,235      317,886      —        324,121   

Property and equipment, net

  10      269,460      —        269,470   

Due from affiliates

  —        69,142      (69,142   —     

Investment in subsidiaries

  1,764,213      —        (1,764,213   —     

Goodwill

  —        1,502,434      —        1,502,434   

Intangible assets, net

  142,500      1,490,188      —        1,632,688   

Other assets, net

  64,536      14,949      (60,316   19,169   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 1,977,494    $ 3,664,059    $ (1,893,671 $ 3,747,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

$ —      $ 8,367    $ —      $ 8,367   

Accrued expenses

  8,205      122,944      —        131,149   

Deferred revenues

  —        10,881      —        10,881   

Current portion of long-term debt

  5,775      25,555      —        31,330   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  13,980      167,747      —        181,727   

Due to affiliates

  69,142      —        (69,142   —     

Long-term debt, excluding current portion

  775,330      1,223,696      —        1,999,026   

Deferred income tax liabilities

  —        496,579      (60,316   436,263   

Tax receivable agreement obligations to related parties

  150,496      —        —        150,496   

Other long-term liabilities

  —        11,824      —        11,824   

Commitments and contingencies

  —        —        —        —     

Total equity

  968,546      1,764,213      (1,764,213   968,546   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

$ 1,977,494    $ 3,664,059    $ (1,893,671 $ 3,747,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2014  
     Emdeon Inc.     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Revenue

   $ —        $ 1,350,413      $ —        $ 1,350,413   

Costs and expenses:

        

Cost of operations (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below)

     —          803,590        —          803,590   

Development and engineering

     —          33,564        —          33,564   

Sales, marketing, general and administrative

     17,126        182,851        —          199,977   

Depreciation and amortization

     9,003        180,215        —          189,218   

Accretion

     14,446        —          —          14,446   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     —          83,169        —          83,169   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  (40,575   67,024      —        26,449   

Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries

  31,409      —        (31,409   —     

Interest expense, net

  93,471      53,358      —        146,829   

Contingent consideration

  —        1,307      —        1,307   

Other

  (111   (3,857   —        (3,968
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax provision (benefit)

  (165,344   16,216      31,409      (117,719

Income tax provision (benefit)

  (89,490   47,625      —        (41,865
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$ (75,854 $ (31,409 $ 31,409    $ (75,854
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2013  
     Emdeon Inc.     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Revenue

   $ —        $ 1,242,567      $ —        $ 1,242,567   

Costs and expenses:

        

Cost of operations (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below)

     —          759,409        —          759,409   

Development and engineering

     —          32,538        —          32,538   

Sales, marketing, general and administrative

     12,321        156,387        —          168,708   

Depreciation and amortization

     9,004        174,835        —          183,839   

Accretion

     26,470        —          —          26,470   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     —          10,619        —          10,619   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  (47,795   108,779      —        60,984   

Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries

  (14,159   —        14,159      —     

Interest expense, net

  94,021      59,148      —        153,169   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  485      22,675      —        23,160   

Contingent consideration

  —        (69   —        (69

Other

  (2,925   (1,208   —        (4,133
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax provision (benefit)

  (125,217   28,233      (14,159   (111,143

Income tax provision (benefit)

  (50,759   14,074      —        (36,685
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$ (74,458 $ 14,159    $ (14,159 $ (74,458
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2012  
     Emdeon Inc.     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Revenue

   $ —        $ 1,152,313       $ —        $ 1,152,313   

Costs and expenses:

         

Cost of operations (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below)

     —          696,619         —          696,619   

Development and engineering

     —          34,529         —          34,529   

Sales, marketing, general and administrative

     9,072        137,462         —          146,534   

Depreciation and amortization

     9,004        178,221         —          187,225   

Accretion

     8,666        —           —          8,666   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     —          1,865         —          1,865   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  (26,742   103,617      —        76,875   

Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries

  (3,400   —        3,400      —     

Interest expense, net

  94,089      78,164      —        172,253   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  495      21,358      —        21,853   

Contingent consideration

  —        —        —        —     

Other

  1,250      —        —        1,250   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax provision (benefit)

  (119,176   4,095      (3,400   (118,481

Income tax provision (benefit)

  (40,841   695      —        (40,146
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$ (78,335 $ 3,400    $ (3,400 $ (78,335
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2014  
     Emdeon Inc.     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
     Consolidated  

Net income (loss)

   $ (75,854   $ (31,409   $ 31,409       $ (75,854

Other comprehensive income (loss):

         

Changes in fair value of interest rate swap, net of taxes

     (393     —          —           (393

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —          (219     —           (219

Equity in other comprehensive earnings

     (219     —          219         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  (612   (219   219      (612
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

$ (76,466 $ (31,628 $ 31,628    $ (76,466
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2013  
     Emdeon Inc.     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net income (loss)

   $ (74,458   $ 14,159      $ (14,159   $ (74,458

Other comprehensive income (loss):

        

Changes in fair value of interest rate swap, net of taxes

     2,583        —          —          2,583   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —          (137     —          (137

Equity in other comprehensive earnings

     (137     —          137        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  2,446      (137   137      2,446   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

$ (72,012 $ 14,022    $ (14,022 $ (72,012
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2012  
     Emdeon Inc.     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net income (loss)

   $ (78,335   $ 3,400       $ (3,400   $ (78,335

Other comprehensive income (loss):

         

Changes in fair value of interest rate swap, net of taxes

     (3,662     —           —          (3,662

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —          67         —          67   

Equity in other comprehensive earnings

     67        —           (67     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  (3,595   67      (67   (3,595
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

$ (81,930 $ 3,467    $ (3,467 $ (81,930
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2014  
     Emdeon Inc.     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Operating activities

        

Net income (loss)

   $ (75,854   $ (31,409   $ 31,409      $ (75,854

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     9,003        180,215        —          189,218   

Accretion

     14,446        —          —          14,446   

Equity compensation

     335        6,999        —          7,334   

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

     (89,089     45,697        —          (43,392

Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs

     2,704        5,143        —          7,847   

Contingent consideration

     —          1,307        —          1,307   

Gain on sale of cost method investment

     (114     —          —          (114

Impairment of long lived assets

     —          83,169        —          83,169   

Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries

     31,409        —          (31,409     —     

Other

     (1,089     (1,166     —          (2,255

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable

     —          (6,824     —          (6,824

Prepaid expenses and other

     773        (237     —          536   

Accounts payable

     —          4,591        —          4,591   

Accrued expenses, deferred revenue, and other liabilities

     (7,908     34,558        —          26,650   

Tax receivable agreement obligations to related parties

     (988     —          —          (988

Due to/from affiliates

     111,582        (111,582     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used in) by operating activities

  (4,790   210,461      —        205,671   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

Purchases of property and equipment

  —        (55,926   —        (55,926

Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired

  —        (252,772   —        (252,772

Proceeds from sale of cost method investment

  677      —        —        677   

Other

  —        (139   —        (139

Investment in subsidiary

  95      —        (95   —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  772      (308,837   (95   (308,160
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

Distributions from (to) Emdeon Inc. net

  —        (95   95      —     

Proceeds from Term Loan Facility

  —        157,600      —        157,600   

Payments on Term Loan Facility

  (276   (13,003   —        (13,279

Payment of debt assumed from acquisition

  —        (25,262   —        (25,262

Proceeds from Revolving Facility

  —        183,000      —        183,000   

Payments on Revolving Facility

  —        (183,000   —        (183,000

Payment of loan costs

  —        (2,096   —        (2,096

Repayment of deferred financing arrangements

  —        (10,741   —        (10,741

Repurchase of Parent common stock

  (960   (261   —        (1,221

Capital contribution from Parent

  3,256      —        —        3,256   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  2,020      106,142      95      108,257   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

  (1,998   7,766      —        5,768   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  2,794      73,744      —        76,538   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$ 796    $ 81,510    $ —      $ 82,306   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Emdeon Inc.     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Operating activities

        

Net income (loss)

   $ (74,458   $ 14,159      $ (14,159   $ (74,458

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     9,004        174,835        —          183,839   

Accretion expense

     26,470        —          —          26,470   

Equity compensation expense

     240        6,781        —          7,021   

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

     (49,195     9,640        —          (39,555

Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs

     2,501        5,974        —          8,475   

Contingent consideration

     —          (69     —          (69

Gain on sale of cost method investment

     (2,925     —          —          (2,925

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     478        22,350        —          22,828   

Impairment of long lived assets

     —          10,619        —          10,619   

Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries

     (14,159     —          14,159        —     

Other

     (822     (1,140     —          (1,962

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable

     —          (20,791     —          (20,791

Prepaid expenses and other

     (2,402     3,844        —          1,442   

Accounts payable

     —          1,335        —          1,335   

Accrued expenses, deferred revenue, and other liabilities

     3,171        26,102        —          29,273   

Tax receivable agreement obligations to related parties

     (1,142     —          —          (1,142

Due to/from affiliates

     6,209        (6,209     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  (97,030   247,430      —        150,400   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

Purchases of property and equipment

  (11   (71,075   —        (71,086

Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired

  —        (18,291   —        (18,291

Proceeds from sale of cost method investment

  96,475      (90,655   —        5,820   

Investment in subsidiaries, net

  5,821      —        (5,821   —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  102,285      (180,021   (5,821   (83,557
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

Distributions from (to) Emdeon Inc., net

  —        (5,821   5,821      —     

Payments on Term Loan Facility

  (280   (12,632   —        (12,912

Payment of debt assumed from acquisition

  —        (218   —        (218

Payment of loan costs

  —        (2,178   —        (2,178

Repayment of deferred financing arrangements

  (4,321   (3,243   —        (7,564

Repurchase of Parent common stock

  (613   —        —        (613

Capital contribution from Parent

  1,999      —        1,999   

Other

  —        (582   —        (582
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  (3,215   (24,674   5,821      (22,068
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  2,040      42,735      —        44,775   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  754      31,009      —        31,763   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$ 2,794    $ 73,744    $ —      $ 76,538   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

 

     As of December 31, 2012  
     Emdeon Inc.     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Operating activities

        

Net income (loss)

   $ (78,335   $ 3,400      $ (3,400   $ (78,335

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     9,004        178,221        —          187,225   

Accretion expense

     8,666        —          —          8,666   

Equity compensation expense

     27        6,815        —          6,842   

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

     (40,841     2,394        —          (38,447

Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs

     2,265        7,920        —          10,185   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     495        17,798        —          18,293   

Impairment of long lived assets

     —          1,865        —          1,865   

Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries

     (3,400     —          3,400        —     

Other

     —          820        —          820   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable

     —          1,601        —          1,601   

Prepaid expenses and other

     1,438        (13,534     —          (12,096

Accounts payable

     —          (2,149     —          (2,149

Accrued expenses, deferred revenue, and other liabilities

     (14,244     (10,972     —          (25,216

Tax receivable agreement obligations to related parties

     (334     —          —          (334

Due to/from affiliates

     7,463        (7,463     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  (107,796   186,716      —        78,920   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

Purchases of property and equipment

  —        (62,054   —        (62,054

Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired

  —        (59,011   —        (59,011

Investment in subsidiaries, net

  112,067      —        (112,067   —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  112,067      (121,065   (112,067   (121,065
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

Distributions from (to) Emdeon Inc., net

  —        (112,067   112,067      —     

Proceeds from Term Loan Facility

  —        70,351      —        70,351   

Payments on Term Loan Facility

  (259   (12,558   —        (12,817

Payments on Revolving Facility

  —        (15,000   —        (15,000

Payment of loan costs

  (34   (2,026   —        (2,060

Repayment of deferred financing arrangements

  (3,796   —        —        (3,796

Repurchase of Parent common stock

  —        (317   —        (317

Other

  —        (376   —        (376
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  (4,089   (71,993   112,067      35,985   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  182      (6,342   —        (6,160

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  572      37,351      —        37,923   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$ 754    $ 31,009    $ —      $ 31,763   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)

 

22. Subsequent Event

In January 2015, the Company reorganized its reportable segments to align with its solution and service offerings.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Emdeon Inc.

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(In Thousands)

 

Description

   Balance at
Beginning
of Year
     Charged
to Costs
and
Expenses
     Charged
to Other
Accounts
     Write-offs     Balance at
End of
Year
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

             

Year ended December 31, 2014

   $ 3,856       $ 5,027       $ 88       $ (2,594   $ 6,377   

Year ended December 31, 2013

   $ 3,585       $ 1,982       $ 854       $ (2,565   $ 3,856   

Year ended December 31, 2012

   $ 1,201       $ 1,598       $ 3,571       $ (2,785   $ 3,585   

 

 

S-1


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 16, 2015.

EMDEON INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Neil E. de Crescenzo

Name:   Neil E. de Crescenzo
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

/s/    Neil E. de Crescenzo        

   Chief Executive Officer and Director   
Neil E. de Crescenzo    Principal Executive Officer    March 16, 2015

/s/    Randy P. Giles        

   Chief Financial Officer    March 16, 2015
Randy P. Giles    (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   

/s/    Howard L. Lance        

   Chairman of the Board of Directors    March 16, 2015
Howard L. Lance      

/s/    Neil P. Simpkins        

   Director    March 16, 2015
Neil P. Simpkins      

/s/    Justin Sunshine        

   Director    March 16, 2015
Justin Sunshine      

/s/    Philip M. Pead        

   Director    March 16, 2015
Philip M. Pead      

/s/    Pamela J. Pure        

   Director    March 16, 2015
Pamela J. Pure      

/s/    Allen R. Thorpe        

   Director    March 16, 2015
Allen R. Thorpe      

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED WITH REPORTS FILED

PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(D) OF THE ACT BY REGISTRANTS WHICH HAVE

NOT REGISTERED SECURITIES PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE ACT

The registrant has not sent and, following the filing of this Annual Report with the SEC, does not intend to send to its security holders an annual report to security holders or proxy materials for the year ended December 31, 2014 or with respect to any annual or other meeting of security holders.


Table of Contents

Index of Exhibits

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

    2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 3, 2011, by and among Beagle Parent Corp., Beagle Acquisition Corp. and Emdeon Inc. (included as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-34435), filed on August 8, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).
    3.1    Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Emdeon Inc. (included as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-34435), filed on November 2, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).
    3.2    Second Amended and Restated By-laws of Emdeon Inc. (included as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-34435), filed on November 2, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.1    2019 Notes Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2011, among Beagle Acquisition Corp., the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.2    2019 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2011, among Emdeon Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.3    2019 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 10, 2012, between TC3 Health, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.4    2019 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 8, 2013, between Goold Health Systems and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No.1-34435), filed on November 8, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.5    2019 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 8, 2014, between Vieosoft, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-34435), filed on May 13, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.6    2019 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 16, 2014, between Capario, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-34435), filed on November 7, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.7    2019 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 16, 2015, between AdminiSource Communications, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (filed herewith).
    4.8    2019 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 16, 2015, between Change Healthcare Corporation and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (filed herewith).
    4.9    2020 Notes Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2011, among Beagle Acquisition Corp., the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.10    2020 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2011, among Emdeon Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.11    2020 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 10, 2012, between TC3 Health, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.12    2020 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 8, 2013, between Goold Health Systems and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-34435), filed on November 8, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.13    2020 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 8, 2014, between Vieosoft, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-34435), filed on May 13, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.14    2020 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 16, 2014, between Capario, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-34435), filed on November 7, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

    4.15    2020 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 16, 2015, between AdminiSource Communications, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (filed herewith).
    4.16    2020 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 16, 2015, between Change Healthcare Corporation and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (filed herewith).
    4.17    2019 Notes Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2011, among Beagle Acquisition Corp., the guarantors named therein and Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as representatives of the purchasers named therein (included as Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.18    2019 Notes Joinder Agreement to Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2011, among Emdeon Inc. and certain additional guarantors named therein (included as Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.19    2020 Notes Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2011, among Beagle Acquisition Corp., the guarantors named therein and Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as representatives of the purchasers named therein (included as Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.20    Form of 2019 Note (included as Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.21    Form of 2020 Note (included as Exhibit 4.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.1    Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2011, among Emdeon Inc., Blackstone Management Partners, L.L.C. and Hellman & Friedman, L.P. (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.2    Credit Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2011 (the “Credit Agreement”), among Beagle Intermediate Holding, Inc., Emdeon Inc., the other borrowers party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swingline lender and letter of credit issuer thereunder, and the other agents and lenders parties thereto (included as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.3    Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2012, among Emdeon Inc., the other borrowers party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swingline lender, letter of credit issuer and collateral agent thereunder, and the and the guarantors party thereto (included as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.4    Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 25, 2013, among Emdeon Inc., the other borrowers party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swingline lender, letter of credit issuer and collateral agent thereunder, and the guarantors party thereto (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-34435), filed on April 25, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.5    Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2014, among Emdeon Inc., the other borrowers party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swing line lender, letter of credit issuer and collateral agent thereunder, and the lenders, guarantors and agents party thereto (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-34435), filed on December 12, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.6    Security Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2011, among Emdeon Inc., the other borrowers and debtors party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (included as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.7    Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2011, by and among Beagle Parent Corp., Beagle Intermediate Holdings, Inc., Beagle Acquisition Corp. and the sponsors, other investors and managers named therein (included as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.8    Amended and Restated Tax Receivable Agreement (Reorganizations), dated as of November 2, 2011, by and among Emdeon Inc., H&F ITR Holdco, L.P., Beagle Parent LLC and GA-H&F ITR Holdco, L.P. (included as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

  10.9    Amended and Restated Tax Receivable Agreement (Exchanges), dated as of November 2, 2011, by and among Emdeon Inc., H&F ITR Holdco, L.P., Beagle Parent LLC and GA-H&F ITR Holdco, L.P. (included as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.10    Tax Receivable Agreement (Management) by and among Emdeon Inc. and the persons named therein, dated August 17, 2009 (included as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-34435), filed on August 17, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.11    First Amendment to Tax Receivable Agreement (Management), dated as of November 2, 2011, by and among Emdeon Inc. and the parties named thereto (included as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.12†    Employment Agreement, dated September 30, 2013, between Neil E. de Crescenzo and Emdeon Business Services LLC (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-34435), filed on November 8, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.13†    Employment Agreement, dated February 4, 2014, between Randy Giles and Emdeon Business Services LLC (included as Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-34435), filed on March 17, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.14†    Employment Agreement, dated December 11, 2013, between Alex Choy and Emdeon Business Services LLC (filed herewith).
  10.15†    Employment Agreement, dated January 23, 2015, between Jason Erdell and Emdeon Business Services LLC (filed herewith).
  10.16†    Employment Agreement, dated November 28, 2013, between Kriten Joshi and Emdeon Business Services LLC (filed herewith).
  10.17†    Employment Agreement, effective as of September 14, 2012, between Gregory T. Stevens and Emdeon Business Services LLC (included as Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended (File No. 333-182786), filed on September 17, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.18†    Employment Agreement, dated September 14, 2012, between Gary Stuart and Emdeon Business Services LLC (included as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended (File No. 333-182786), filed on September 17, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.19†    Employment Agreement, dated September 14, 2012, between Kevin Mahoney and Emdeon Business Services LLC (included as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended (File No. 333-182786), filed on September 17, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.20†    Employment Agreement, dated September 14, 2012, between Bob A. Newport and Emdeon Business Services LLC (included as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended (File No. 333-182786), filed on September 17, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.21†    Transition Letter Agreement dated February 3, 2014, between Bob A. Newport and Emdeon Business Services LLC (included as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-34435), filed on March 17, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.22†    Employment Agreement, dated September 14, 2012, between T. Ulrich Brechbühl and Emdeon Business Services LLC (included as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended (File No. 333-182786), filed on September 17, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.23†    Separation Agreement and General Release, dated September 19, 2014, between T. Ulrich Brechbühl and Emdeon Business Services LLC (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-34435), filed on November 7, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.24†    Emdeon Management Bonus Program, as revised on November 20, 2013 (included as Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-34435), filed on March 17, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.25†    Form of Indemnification Agreement (included as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-34435), filed on March 18, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).
  21.1    Subsidiaries of Registrant (filed herewith).


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

  31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (filed herewith).
  31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (filed herewith).
  32.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (furnished herewith).
  32.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (furnished herewith).
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.